SPIXIAN Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA » Band 26 * Heft3 « 193-288 «+ München, 01. November 2003 * ISSN 0341-8391 oPIXIANA ZEITSCHRIFT FÜR ZOOLOGIE herausgegeben von der ZOOLOGISCHEN STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Okologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Redaktion — Editor-in-chief Schriftleitung — Managing Editor G. Haszprunar M. Baehr Redaktionsbeirat — Editorial board M. Baehr F. Glaw R. Kraft M. Schrödl E.-G. Burmeister G. Haszprunar J. Reichholf A. Segerer J. Diller A. Hausmann B. Ruthensteiner L. Tiefenbacher M. Kotrba K. Schönitzer Manuskripte, Korrekturen und Besprechungs- Manuscripts, galley proofs, commentaries and exemplare sind zu senden an die review copies of books should be addressed to Redaktion SPIXIANA ZOOLOGISCHE STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN Münchhausenstraße 21, D-81247 München Tel. (089) 8107-0 — Fax (089) 8107-300 This journal is fully refereed by external reviewers. Die Deutsche Bibliothek - CIP-Einheitsaufnahme Spixiana : Zeitschrift für Zoologie / hrsg. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München. — München : Pfeil. Erscheint jährlich dreimal. - Früher verl. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung, München. - Aufnahme nach Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) ISSN 0341-8391 Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) - Verl.-Wechsel-Anzeige Copyright © 2003 by Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, München Alle Rechte vorbehalten — All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying or otherwise, without the prior permission of the copyright owner. Applications for such permission, with a statement of the purpose and extent of the reproduction, should be addressed to the Publisher, Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, Wolfratshauser Straße 27, D-81379 München, Germany. ISSN 0341-8391 Printed in Germany — Gedruckt auf chlorfrei gebleichtem Papier — Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, Wolfratshauser Straße 27, D-81379 München, Germany Tel. (089) 742827-0 - Fax (089) 7242772 - E-Mail: info @pfeil-verlag.de - www.pfeil-verlag.de SPIXIANA 193208 | München, 01. November 2003 | ISSN 0341-8391 Proceedings of the FORUM HERBULOT 2003. Geometridae of the Indo-Pacific region and Australia: Inventories, evolution, colonization, Gondwana distributions (Zoologische Staatssammlung München, 13.-14.3.2003) Axel Hausmann (ed.) 9 pixiana 26/3: 193-208 ww FEB 0 5 2004 Hausmann, A. (ed.) (2003): Proceedings of the Forum Herbulot 2003. Geometri- dae of the Indo-Pacific region and Australia: Inventories, evolution, colonization, Gondwana distributions (Zoologische Staatssammlung München, 13.-14.3.2003. — A short report on the results of the Forum Herbulot 2003 is presented emphasiz- DDP, the great impact that this meeting had for coordinated, modern research in < :ometridology and for creating a worldwide, IT-based network of scientists omprking on Geometridae. The abstracts of fourteen lectures from the seminary Dgssion of the Forum Herbulot are added. Dr. Axel Hausmann, Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany; e-mail: Axel.Hausmann@zsm.mwn.de Short Report and Results Axel Hausmann, Jeremy D. Holloway, Martin Krüger, Peter McQuillan & Manfred Sommerer Hausmann, A., Holloway, J. D., Krüger, M., McQuillan, P. & M. Sommerer (2003): Short report and results. In Hausmann (ed.): Proceedings of the Forum Herbulot 2003; Geometridae of the Indo-Pacific region and Australia: Inventories, evolution, colonization, Gondwana distributions (Zoologische Staatssammlung München, 13.-14.3.2003. — Spixiana 26/3: 193-195 Corresponding author: Dr. Axel Hausmann, Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany; e-mail: Axel.Hausmann@zsm.mwn.de 1. The chairman outlined once more the aims of the FORUM HERBULOT (see www.herbulot.de). The participants welcomed the research initiative and stressed the need for, and advantages of, the oppor- tunities offered for close scientific cooperation among geometrid experts. Access to the rich Coll. Herbulot with its manifold historical assets was greatly ap- preciated. Following a brief address from Claude Herbulot (in absentia presented by Philippe Darge) the participants expressed their respect for the achievements of the founder of the collection and patron of the Forum. The use of internet-based tools with a view to linking collection data with existing or planned databases in order to improve the avail- ability of relevant data was discussed (Henry Bar- low, A. Hausmann). 193 een guests and meeting assistants of de FORUM HERBULOT 2003: From left to right: Anthony C. Galsworthy (London, U.K.), Stefan Schmidt (ZSM, Munich, Germany), Hans Löbel (Sondershausen, Germany), George Balogh (behind; Portage, Michigan, U.S.A.), Olga Schmidt (Munich, Germany), Peter McQuillan (University of Hobarth, Tasmania), Alexander Schintlmeister (Dresden, Germany), Sven Erlacher (behind; ZSM, Munich, Germany), Marie-Therese Ebode (Clenay, France), Cathy Young (University of Hobarth, Tasmania), Vladimir Mironov (in front; ZISP, St. Petersburg, Russia), Andreas H. Segerer (ZSM, Munich, Germany), Jeremy D. Holloway (NHM, London, U.K.), Jaan Viidalepp (ZBI, Tartu, Estland), Philippe Darge (Clenay, France), Henry Barlow (Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia), A. Hausmann (ZSM, Munich, Germany; chairman), Evgeny Beljaev (behind, partially hidden; RAS, Vladivostok, Russia), Bernd Müller (Berlin, Germany), Martin Baehr (ZSM, Munich, Germany), Manfred Sommerer (Munich, Germany), Martin Krüger (TMP, Pretoria, South Africa), Janusz Wojtusiak (behind, partially hidden; Jagiellonian University, Kraköw, Poland), Robert Trusch (SMNK, Karlsruhe, Germany), G. Haszprunar (director of the ZSM, Munich, Germany). — Not visible on the photo: Xue Dayong and Han Hongxiang, (both Cinese Acad. Sci., Beijing, China), Ulf Buchsbaum and Michael Miller (both ZSM, Munich, Germany), Stefano Scalercio (Univ. Cosenza, Italy), Alberto Zilli (Mus. civ., Rome, Italy). 2. The seminar session highlighted promising pos- sibilities for systematic research. The first four talks 0. D. Holloway, M. Krüger, C. Young, P. McQuil- lan) presented and summarized the actual stage of research concerning the phylogeny of Geometridae on subfamily and tribe level as resulting from dif- ferent data sets, such as larval morphology (M. Krü- ger, C. Young), adult morphology (J. D. Holloway, M. Krüger), host-plant relationships (J. D. Hollo- way, P. McQuillan), zoogeographical patterns (M. Krüger, J. D. Holloway) and molecular analysis (C. Young, P. McQuillan). The study of skeleto-mus- cular anatomy of genitalia as additional informa- tion was encouraged (E. Beljaev). The southern hemisphere Archiearinae had been revised and separated from Holarctic groups (P. Mc- Quillan). Although some morphological characters 194 and host-plant relationships suggest that the sub- families Archiearinae and Oenochrominae (s.str.), and the tribes Diptychini and Nacophorini (Ennom- inae) are phylogenetically ‘old’ groups (J. D. Hollo- way, M. Krüger), Larentiinae and Sterrhinae appear as the most basal groups using molecular methods (sequence analysis of four nuclear and mitochon- drial genes; Abraham et al. 2001, C. Young, P. Mc- Quillan, A. Hausmann, S. Erlacher). Refinement of molecular methods as valuable tools for evolution- ary and systematic studies had'been postulated by the Forum Herbulot 2001 (Hausmann & Trusch 2001) in order to supplement the morphological and eco- logical data sets. Now, on the basis of the paper by Abraham et al. (2001), promising results have been obtained by the two ‘molecular’ groups actually working on Geometridae (C. one & P. McQuil- lan, A. Hausmann, S. Erlacher & M. Miller). After discussion of all the findings, closer coordination and cooperation was agreed upon, and working plans were established, in order to focus future common research on a better understanding of the basic phylogeny of Geometridae. Research on Eupitheciini constituted another theme of the meeting. Extention to research on a global scale (as recommended by Forum Herbulot 2001: Hausmann & Trusch 2001) is needed to fill existing gaps in our knowledge (e.g. Eupitheciini in Africa in relation to Asia and other regions). Coop- eration was improved regarding Chinese (T. Gals- worthy, V. Mironov, X. Dayong), and initiated for neotropical Eupitheciini (G. Balogh, J. Wojtusiak). New agenda for cooperation dating back to Forum Herbulot 2001 concerning the exploration of neo- tropical Geometridae were established (G. Balogh, A. Hausmann, J. Wojtusiak). An interesting zoogeographical analysis of Aus- tralian carabids was presented (M. Baehr) and com- pared with similar findings for Lepidoptera. Gond- wana distributions, drift on tectonic plates and col- onization were discussed with respect to some taxa from Africa, Australia, and the Indo-Pacific region (M. Krüger, J. D. Holloway, P. McQuillan). Specia- tion and variation of several taxonomically ‘diffi- cult” groups of Indo-Pacific Geometridae were pre- sented for discussion (X. Dayong, ©. Schmidt, M. Sommerer, J. Viidalepp). 3. A proposal to continue the FORUM HERBULOT in Hobart, Tasmania late 2005 or early 2006 (organ- isation: P. McQuillan) was welcomed. 4. Participants expressed their thanks to the organ- izers and sponsors of the FORUM HERBULOT 2003. References Abraham, D., Ryrholm, N., Wittzell, H., Holloway, ]J. D., Scoble, M.J. & C. Löfstedt 2001. Molecular Phylog- eny of the Subfamilies in Geometridae (Geometroi- dea: Lepidoptera). - Mol. Phylo. Evol. 20(1): 65-77 Hausmann, A. & R. Trusch (eds.) 2001. Proceedings of the FORUM HERBULOT 2001. — Spixiana 24(3): 193-202 Opening address Philippe Darge & Claude Herbulot presented in absentia of Claude Herbulot by Dr. Philippe Darge, president of honour of the “Union de l’Entomologie Francaise (U.E.F.)” Darge, P. & C. Herbulot (2003): Opening address. In Hausmann (ed.): Proceed- ings of the Forum Herbulot 2003; Geometridae of the Indo-Pacific region and Australia: Inventories, evolution, colonisation, Gondwana distributions (Zoolo- gische Staatssammlung München, 13.-14.3.2003. — Spixiana 26/3: 195-196 Dr. Philippe Darge, 21, Grande Rue, Clenay, France Claude Herbulot, 67, rue de la Croix Nivert, F-75015, Paris, France Chers collegues, chers amis, C’est avec beaucoup d’emotion que je prends la parole devant vous, avec l’etrange impression d’usurper la place qui revenait a celui qui est la raison me&me de ce colloque. Cependant, la longue amitie qui m’unitä Claude Herbulot m’incite fortement a repondre a la de- mande qu’il m’a faite de vous delivrer, ä sa place, le message prepare ä votre intention, message de sou- venirs et de reflexion sur la nature et la finalite de nos activites. Claude Herbulot a 12 ans lorsque, en 1920, il fait la connaissance du docteur Niessen, consul du Dane- mark ä Alger. Le diplomate se passionne pour les papillons dont il capture de nombreux exemplaires aux abords de sa magnifique villa fleurie sur les hauts d’Alger. Il offre a Claude un exemplaire de la belle geometre Crocallis auberti Oberthür et c’est alors le veritable point de depart de la magnifique collection qu’abrite desormais ce musee. Le jeune garcon qu’est Claude Herbulot est fas- cine par ce que le docteur Niessen lui fait decouvrir, notamment les multiples aspects d’une collection: l’esthetique, qui transcende formes et couleurs des papillons, les joies de la decouverte, nourries par les voyages et l’exploration de pays lointains, l’interet scientifique, qui plonge ses racines dans la recher- che toujours plus approfondie des origines, des for- mes et du devenir de la Vie. A ce devoir de souvenir et de reconnaissance qu’il exprime a l’egard du docteur Niessen, Claude Herbulot souhaite egalement associer quelques-uns des grands lepidopteristes qui ont, ensuite, conforte sa vocation et l’ont entoure de leurs conseils pour developper ses recherches et bätir, peu a peu, son exceptionnelle collection: Le Cerf, Radot, Caruel, Dar- denne, Legras, Bayard, le marquis du Dresnay ... Tous ces noms figurent sur des etiquettes de la collection Herbulot, temoignages d’un passe emou- vant, precieux capital d’etude pour aujourd’hui, mes- sage d’encouragement ä la recherche de demain ... Pour illustrer ces propos, je vous presente le carton de la collection Herbulot contenant le Crocal- lis auberti: en tete de colonne vous y retrouvez les exemplaires offerts par le docteur Niessen, sans lesquels, peut-etre, la vie de notre ami eüt pris un autre CourS. J’espere, mes chers collegues, avoir ete un bon interprete de ce que notre Eminent collegue Claude Herbulot souhaitait nous faire partager. Il me sem- ble cependant que, derriere le formalisme des mots, il est un autre message, plus profond, sur lequel nous sommes invites a mediter: nous, entomologistes, avons la chance de travailler sur une parcelle de science ol se me&lent etroitement l’esthetisme, la re- flexion philosophique sur le sens de toute chose, la rigueur d’observation et d’analyse du chercheur ... Au-delä des souvenirs, et a travers une excep- tionnelle collection, ne serait-ce pas ce grand mes- sage de Vie et de Pensee que notre cher ami Claude Herbulot a voulu nous transmettre aujourd’hui? Abstracts and brief versions of some talks of the Seminar Session The biogeography of some host-specific Indo-Australian geometrid groups in relation to the break-up of Gondwanaland: trackers or fellow-travellers? Jeremy D. Holloway Holloway, J. D. (2003): The biogeography of some host-specific Indo-Australian geometrid groups in relation to the break-up of Gondwanaland: trackers or fellow- travellers? — Spixiana 26/3: 196-197 Dr. Jeremy D. Holloway, Department of Entomology, The Natural History Mu- seum, Cromwell Road, London, SW7 5BD, UK; e-mail: j.holloway@nhm.ac.uk The possibility that some Oriental groups of geo- metrids with relationships to Australasia were de- rived originally from parts of Gondwanaland that moved northwards in the Jurassic and Cretaceous is explored. Two main events could have led to this: the movement of several small terranes from adja- cent to northern Australia at 165 Ma to accrete to SE Asia at 100 Ma; the movement of India from the east of Africa and Madagascar at 120 Ma to make contact with Asia at around 60 Ma. The first episode may predate the evolution of the principal higher taxa of the Macrolepidoptera, though it is possible that the Castniidae, restricted to SE Asia, Australia and the Americas, could have been involved. The plant fossil records for the sec- 196 ond episode, movement of India, indicate that Gond- wanan groups of plants that reached.SE Asia by this means are much more likely to be of African or Madagascan affinity than Australian, though the latter is not completely excluded (Morley, 1998, 2002). Morley has suggested that the Indian drift component of the current Malesian flora may be significant. The Callidulidae, with some specialism for fern-feeding, show Oriental/Madagascan affin- ities. The development and subsequent persistence of biogeographic pattern that reflects such tectonic events will be constrained by several factors. Firstly the taxa concerned must be widely distributed across the components of Gondwanaland prior to the events; this has implications concerning the geolog- ical age of the ancestral taxon. Persistence of such pattern is dependent on the extent to which it be- comes confused by subsequent events, i.e. if exten- sive dispersal predominates over terrane fidelity. Host specialism in herbivorous insects presents an additional constraint, in that the host plant must be present in an area before the insect can be present. The insect and host plant can be fellow-travellers on a tectonic terrane, but, in a dispersal event, the insect must track its host; it cannot precede it. Examples of geometrid groups at a tribal level that span most of the areas of Gondwanaland in- clude the Desmobathrini, Lithinini and Caberini. The first tribe shows some host specialism at a ge- neric level, and there is amajor section of the Lithinini restricted to fern-feeding. There is a major group of the Caberini that is restricted to the Rhamnaceae. In the Eupitheciini, the genus Pasiphila Meyrick is di- verse in temperate Australasia, particularly New Zealand, but has a north-temperate subgenus, Gym- nodisca Warren. Host records are diverse, but many Gymnodisca have been reared from Ericaceae such as Rhododendron, and the group may have tracked this host through the mountains of Malesia to as far east as New Guinea. Potential examples of montane tracking from south to north by Larentiinae include a lineage of Poecilasthena Warren, possibly specialist on Leptosper- mum (Myrtaceae), that has reached Burma, and the genera Tympanota Warren and Episteira Warren that feed on Podocarpaceae. The ennomine genus Milio- nia Walker also feeds on Podocarpaceae with Arau- cariaceae. It is most diverse in New Guinea but has a number of species groups through central Malesia to mainland Asia; it is just possible that some of the more westerly groups are of Indian drift origin. The true, robust Oenochrominae feed in Aus- tralasia on Myrtaceae and grevilleoid Proteaceae, genera with the latter habit probably forming a distinct lineage. The Oriental genus Sarcinodes Guenee is a member of that lineage; two species occur in Australasia but a pilot phylogenetic analy- sis has suggested those are sister-species nested within an Oriental clade, and that other Oriental clades are more basal, indicative of a west to east movement. All host records are from the grevilleoid genus Helicia, which has a similar range and, to a lesser extent, pattern of species richness to the moth genus. However, current estimates of the phyloge- netic structure and range of diversification of Helicia indicate a more recent history, and the presence of grevilleoid Proteaceae in the Indian drift flora is uncertain. Thus, whilst Pasiphila, Milionia and the true Oeno- chrominae may have contributed early Gondwanan components to the Oriental geometrid fauna, the first is not constrained by host specialism, the sec- ond requires testing through detailed phylogenetic analyses, and the third shows biogeographic incom- patibility between moth and host. None currently shows any representation in or relationship to Afri- ca or Madagascar. Much of the subject matter of this talk has been published by Holloway & Hall (1998) and Hollo- way (2003). Keferences Holloway, J. D. 2003. Biological images of geological history: through a glass darkly or brightly face to face? - J. Biogeogr. 30: 165-179 -—- &R. Hall 1998. S.E. Asian geology and biogeogra- phy: an introduction. In Hall, R. &, J. D. Holloway (eds): Biogeography and Geological Evolution of SE Asia, pp. 1-23. - Backhuys, Leiden Morley, R. J. 1998. Palynological evidence for Tertiary plant dispersals in the SE Asian region in relation to plate tectonics and climate. In Hall, R. & J. D. Hol- loway (eds): Biogeography and Geological Evolu- tion of SE Asia, pp. 211-231. — Backhuys, Leiden -- 2002. Tertiary vegetational history of Southeast Asia, with emphasis on the biogeographical rela- tionships with Australia. In: Kershaw, P., B. David, M. Tapper, D. Penny & J. Brown (eds): Bridging Wallace’s Line: the environmental and cultural his- tory and dynamics of the SE Asian-Australian re- gion. - Adv. Geoecol. 34: 49-60, Catena Verlag, Re- iskirchen 197 Out of Africa repeated? On the tribal composition of southern Ennominae and the origin of Geometridae Martin Krüger Krüger, M. (2003): Out of Africa repeated? On the tribal composition of southern Ennominae and the origin of Geometridae. — Spixiana 26/3: 198 Dr. Martin Krüger, Transvaal Museum, NEI, Pretoria, RSA; e-mail: kruger@nfi.co.za The tribal composition of the ennomine faunas of the former Gondwanan provinces of southern Afri- ca, Australia and the Neotropical Region, as well as of the geologically much younger island of Borneo as a surrogate for the Oriental Region, was com- pared. The total fauna is represented by 20 tribes and a total of 4725 species. Fifteen tribes each have been recorded from southern Africa and Borneo, 14 from Australia, and 8 from the Neotropical Region. Most tribes have a surprisingly wide distribution: the species-rich tribes Boarmiini, Baptini/ Caberini, Macariini, and Cassymini occur in all four areas; six tribes (Hypochrosini, Eutoeini, Scardamiini, Abraxi- ni, Plutodini, and Lithinini) are common to the three Old World areas, with Abraxini also being present in the Nearctic and Palaearctic Regions, and Lithini- ni in the Nearctic. Indeed, with the exception of Diptychini in the Afrotropical Region and Nepho- diini (which may fall within the concept of Oura- pterygini), surprisingly no endemic tribes have evolved in any of the regions, despite their some- times longstanding geographical isolation, as in the case of Australia. 198 The fossil record for the Geometroidea dates back to the early Cenozoic only, making vicariance an unlikely explanation for the wide distribution of many tribes in the southern hemisphere, given that the Gondwanan landmasses were well separated by the late Cretaceous. Conversely, with some no- table exceptions, Geometridae have limited powers of dispersal. Dispersal alone therefore remains equal- ly unsatisfactory at present to account for the distri- butions described. Southern Africa is tentatively identified as the centre of origin of Geometridae as a whole based on the presence of the endemic, relictual cycad-feeding tribe Diptychini, which is likely to be of Mesozoic origin. Diptychines are the putative sister-group to Nacophorini, which have speciated extensively in Australia, probably prior to the arrival of more modern groups, but are represented in the Nearctic and Neotropical Regions as well. Larvae of Dipty- chini possess a full complement of prolegs and walk in the normal lepidopteran fashion. In the temper- ate Archiearinae, usually considered the most prim- itive subfamily, prolegs are also normally devel- oped, but the larvae progress in a looping manner. The Place of the Australian Nacophorini in the Geometridae Catherine J. Young Young, €. J. (2003): The Place of the Australian Nacophorini in the Geometridae. — Spixiana 26/3: 199-200 Catherine J. Young, School of Geography and Environmental Studies, University of Tasmania, Hobart; e-mail: cjyoung@postoffice.utas.edu.au The Australian Geometridae include approximate- ly 1300 described species in 275 genera. The largest subfamily is the Ennominae with about 480 de- scribed species placed in 114 genera. Southern Aus- tralia is rich in endemic species and a large group of the Ennominae from this region have been assigned to the Nacophorini, a tribe with strong representa- tion in southern South America. Several groups of Australian geometrids have reportedly Gondwanan origins. The Australian naco- phorines are considered to have ‘primitive’ charac- teristics such as stout hairy bodies, generalized male genitalia and larvae with a full complement of pro- legs. They are well-adapted to the characteristic Australian flora and may be closely related to South American and African taxa. The Nacophorini have been proposed as a candidate for a primitive group within the Geometridae. Tasmania is the global cen- tre of diversity of the Archiearinae, the putatively basal geometrid sub-family, with seven species. These geometrids inhabit alpine areas, are conifer- feeders and may be related to similar South Ameri- can species. Australia also has the richest diversity in another geometrid sub-family, the robust-bodied Oenochrominae, which probably co-evolved with plants belonging to the Gondwanan families Pro- teaceae and Myrtaceae. Australia also has a large number of endemic species placed into the tribe Nacophorini. In this study, taxonomic, systematic and ecolog- ical aspects of approximately 100 nacophorine and related ennomine species were studied. The prelim- inary results from a molecular study using the nu- clear gene fragments 285SD2 and EF-la were pre- sented in this seminar. The main aims of this analy- sis were as follows: 1) To clarify relationships between the Nacoph- orini and the rest of the Geometridae. 2) Toelucidate evolutionary relationships between the major sub-families and other groups of the Geometridae. 73 genera were represented in the 285 D2 analysis. Outgroup species were 3 noctuids and 2 drepanid species were included as the Drepanidae is a possi- ble sister group to the Geometridae. The ingroup consisted of taxa from the following ennomine tribes: 22 nacophorines, 9 boarmiines, 2 lithinines, 1 azeli- nine, 1 colotoine, 2 caberines 1 ennomine, 2 macari- ines. 8 archiearine species (3 genera), 2 oeno- chromines s.str., 2 oenochromines s.l., 5 geometrines (including 3 of the ‘'grey-bodied geometrines), 2 sterrhines and 5 larentiines were also included as representatives of other major sub-families. The re- sult of acombined 285 D2 and EF-la using a smaller sub-set of the species listed above (17 taxa) was also presented. The main results of these analyses are presented as phylogenetic hypotheses as follows: (a) Drepanidae as sister-group to the Geometridae. (b) Larentiinae as basal group within the Geometri- dae. (c) Sterrhinae as next basal group. (d) Dichromodes (Oenochrominae sensu lato) basal to the Ennominae plus Geometrinae. (e) A. parthenias most likely in a basal position with- in the Ennominae. (f) Oenochrominae sensu stricto and Geometrinae possible sister groups. (g) Boarmiini probably basal to Australian Nacoph- orini. (h) Australian Nacophorini and Tasmanian Ar- chiearinae probably sister groups and are the most derived groups in the analysis. The Tas- manian Archiearinae are most probably not closely related to the Northern Hemisphere Ar- chiearinae. (i) Australian Nacophorini most likely not closely related to the American Nacophorini. (j) Alsophila probably belongs within the Boarmiini and is mot likely not a separate sub-family. (k) The tribe Lithinini most likely belongs within the Australian Nacophorini. (l) These results largely support the topology of the tree obtained by Abraham et al. (2001), ex- 199 cept that the Ennominae are shown to be largely monophyletic (assuming Alsophila has been mis- placed into its own sub-family) and not para- phyletic as shown by Abraham. The smaller combined gene analysis largely sup- ports the 28SD2 analysis in that, the Larentiinae are in a basal position within the Geometridae and the Tasmanian Archiearinae are closely related to the Australian Nacophorini. The latter group hold a derived position in the phylogeny. Similarly the Oenochrominae s.str. hold a sister group position to the Geometrinae. References Abraham, D., Ryrholm, N., Wittzell, H., Holloway, J. D., Scoble, M. J. & C. Löfstedt (2001): Molecular Phyl- ogeny of the Subfamilies in Geometridae (Ge- ometroidea: Lepidoptera). -— Mol. Phylo. Evol. 20(1): 65-77 The Foodplant relationships of the Australian Geometridae Peter B. McQuillan McQuillan, P. B. (2003): The Foodplant relationships of the Australian Geometri- dae. — Spixiana 26/3: 200 Dr. Peter B. McQuillan, School of Geography and Environmental Studies, Uni- versity of Tasmania, Hobart; e-mail: P.B.McQuillan@utas.edu.au Australian Geometridae have diversified in aunique foodplant landscape, which features unusual plant taxa and extensive monogeneric tree canopies of low nutrient status. Sclerophyliy and novel plant toxins are widespread in the flora. In addition, lar- vae must cope with an unpredictable climate, high fire frequency and large numbers of aggressive ants. However, there are few arboreal noctuids as poten- tial competitors, except in the Queensland wet trop- ics. Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) dominates the tree flora over much of the continent, while Acacia s.l. (Mi- mosaceae) dominates the extensive semi-arid shrub- lands. A molecular phylogeny (285 D2) of a cross sec- tion of Australian geometrid genera gives some in- sight into their patterns of plant use, and indicates a complex pattern of host exploitation, involving ap- parent diversification within clades on some host genera, as well as some instances of putative host capture by individual taxa. Myrtaceae, of Gondwanan origin, is the most widely used foodplant family, followed by Mi- mosaceae. This is not surprising given their vast geographical range across the continent. It is note- worthy that most taxa which feed on Eucalyptus do 200 not feed on other Myrtaceae. Leptospermum and oth- er myrtaceous shrubs have a distinct geometrid fau- na. Interesting associations on other hosts include Archephanes on primitive Winteraceae, and Dirce, Acalyphes and Corula on Cupressaceae. Austral Pro- teaceae are exploited by Oenochroma and its allies, while Epacridaceae supports Poecilasthena. Some associations appear to be global. Austral- ian Caberini are associated with Mimosaceae and Rhamnaceae as elsewhere, while austral Macariini occur on Mimosaceae and Sapindaceae. Polyphagy on diverse woody plants is uncommon in Australia but has arisen in a few Boarmiini and the “nacoph- orine” genera Chlenias and Androchela. Some widespread plant families, such as Cas- uarinaceae and Chenopodiaceae, are inexplicably poor in species of Geometridae, although the unu- sual monophagous genus Rhynchopsota has been reared from Allocasuarina. The re-appearance of extra prolegs in some ge- ometrid clades associated with Eucalyptus may be in response to leaf mimiery in an evergreen canopy and the challenge of traction on waxy sclerophyllic leaves. Speciation or variation between moths from Malai peninsula and Indonesia (Borneo)? Jaan Viidalepp Viidalepp, J. (2003): Speciation or variation between moths from Malai peninsula and Indonesia (Borneo)? — Spixiana 26/3: 201-202 Dr. Jaan Viidalepp, Institute of Zoology and Botany, Estonian Agricultural Uni- versity, Riia St. 181, EE 51014 Tartu; e-mail: jaan@zbi.ee How much do moths vary? Or, in other words, how large may be infraspecific variation in measure- ments? In praxis, I have used #5 % tolerance up to now, to decide that two specimens belong to the same species. It remains, however, to be cleared up, if that is correct. Methods and material. Measurements (see Tab. 1) are taken with ocular micrometer on dry objects (palpus, legs) or from slides (legs of moths macerat- ed and embedded in euparal with male genitalia). Taxa are identified according to Holloway (1996), Yazaki (1996), Holloway & Sommerer (1984) and Prout (1932). It is well known that length of male and female palpi, as well as presence or absence of male hind tibial spurs, dilation, vestiture and the length of distal projection are diagnostic when present in var- ious groups of Lepidoptera. So in emerald ge- ometrids, genus Agathia Gn. as an example (Tab. 1). During a routine taking measurements of study objects I have seen differences between Thailand and Borneo populations. Usually, when an object is smaller or larger than another, their measurements co-variate, i.e. change proportionally. In many of the presented cases they are not proportional. Aga- thia quinaria Mcore, 1867, from Borneo has shorter Tab. 1. Measurements of wingspan, 3° segment of palpus, and hindlegs in some Agathia Gn. species from Thailand and Borneo (Sabah). Species locality wingspan slide palpus3 tibia/tarsus tibial tarsus 1 spur pair palpus 3 T=Thailand (mm) no. length length projection length distance length B=Borneo X (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) C (mm) A. laeta T 29 6764 0.13 52.5 0.5/0.7 1.25 1.45 A. laeta B 29-31 0.16 5/2.5 0.6/0.75 1.16 1.37 A. quinaria T DM 6768 0.25 4.2/2.75 0.37 125 1.25 0.9-1.0 A. quinaria B 26.5 0.25 4/3.25 0.5 1.0 1.2 1.05 A. largita 1 31-32 0.2 4.2/3.25 0.3 5 1 A. arcuata 7 25-28 6766 0.25 4.2/2.75 0.4 1225 1.12 A. arcuata? L 25-28 6770 0.3 4/3.25 0.25 1135) 1.25 A. arcuata B 26 0.25 4.2/3.75 0.4-0.5 1.25 1.25 A. deliciosa B 27 0.27 - - - - A. rubrilineata ır 30 6767 0.3 4.75/3 0.5 1.6 1837 bi! A. rubrilineata B 34 6989 0.5 5.3/3.3 0.3 1.75 1.62 A. diplochorda B 29-29.5 0.4-0.5 4.25/3 0.4-0.5 13 A. codina B 4 0.4 7.2/4.5 0.9 2:5 2.25 A. obsoleta B 36-40 6733 0.27 7/3 1.4 1.4 2.0 A. gigantea B 37-40 0.25 4.25/3.7 0 2.0 1.0 A. cristifera T 24-25 6987 0.2 3.5/2 0.45 1.75 1.0 A. cristifera B 23-277 _° 6988 0.23 4.2/2.25 0.62 1.12 1.25 A. laqueifera T 24 6990 0.2 - - - - 0.35 A. laqueifera B 23 0.14 SHOP 0.45-0.6 1.0 0.87 A. tetraplochorda T 33 0.4 5.5/3 0.6 195 5 A. angustilimes I 32 6765 0.2 4.1/2.5 0.4 1.25 1.25 A. diversiformis Al 30/39 0.16 6/2.5 0.87 0.87 2.5 1.25 201 tibia with longer distal projection, and longer tarsus with shorter basal segment when compared to ma- terial from Thailand. In the case of A. arcuata Moore, 1867, the two “variants” from Thailand and moths from Borneo differ in shape of costa, longer in “no. 6770” (A. hemithearia Guenee, 1858?), in presence of an additional flap-like projection medially in costa and in some other minor niceties that might fall within the limits of infraspecific variation, or char- acterise a vicarious species. Taking measurements is a scrupulose and time- consuming activity. Why to do it? It is easiest to identify butterflies and moths according to color pictures in atlases, in web, etc. It works when differences between taxa are clear-cut enough. It does not work when moths are similar one to another. And this case we must go in details. The emerald genus Agathia is used here as an exam- ple. Within this genus, there are groups of external- ly similar species, examples of clinal variation or vicarious taxa. Study of genitalia is essential for correct identification of most species. To save time, the material must be sorted somehow, in advance. References Holloway, J. D. 1996. The Moths of Borneo. Part 9. — Malayan Nat. J. 49:147-326 -- & M. Sommerer 1984. Spolia Sumatrensia: three new Geometridae. — Heteroc. Sumatr. 2: 20-25 Prout, L. B. 1932. Hemitheinae. - In Seitz, A. (ed.): Die Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde 12: 44-142 Yazaki, K. 1996. The genus Agathia (Lepidoptera, Geo- metridae) of Wallacea. — Tinea 14(4): 237-253 New Geometridae from the Indopacific region Dayong Xue & Hongxiang Han Xue, D. & H. Han (2003): New Geometridae from the Indopacific region. — Spixiana 26/3: 202-203 Some species relationships in the genus Metallolophia Warren are discussed. Diagnostic characters between Parasthena flexilinea Warren and a potential new species from Seram and Papua New Guinea are presented. Dr. Dayong Xue & Hongxiang Han, Institute of Zoology, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Beijing, China; e-mail: xuedy@panda.ioz.ac.cn 1. Heterospecifity of Metallolophia ocellata (War- ren, 1897) and M. devecisi Herbulot, 1989. M. devecisi is very similar to the Indian species M. ocellata and has been thought as conspecific. The differences of male antennae, wing markings and distribution range show that they are different spe- cies. The diagnostic characters were given to distin- guish these two species: (1) The underside of these two species are similar to each other. But in devecisi, the postmedian fascia on forewing is rounded from costa to M, then continuous to Cu,, and forms a distinct angle at its inner margin. Postmedian fascia on hindwing in M. devecisi is round, but that fascia on M. ocellata is angled. Yellow area in devecisi is fairly extended. (2) There are differences in genita- lia. The apex of valva is slightly different. M. ocellata is narrower than that of M. devecisi. The basal lobe of M. devecisi is a little shorter. 202 2. The relationship between Metallolophia variega- ta Holloway, 1996 and M. cineracea Holloway, 1996. After comparing the materials and original descrip- tions of both species it is concluded that these two species might be conspecific, the wing colour differ- ences might represent different colour forms. Three main points support this result: - Size, wing shape, wing markings of holotypes are almost the same except slight differences in colour. - Male genitalia of both species are almost the same except for slight differences in the width of valva and saccular process, these differences are distinctly smaller than infraspecific varia- tion in the genitalia of M. arenaria (Leech, 1889). — The localities of holotypes, Sarawak: Gunung Mulu for M. variegata and Brunei, Telisai for M. cineracea are very close to each other, only 50- 70 kilometers apart. Fig. 1. P. flexilinea Warren. 3. A potential new species in the genus Parasthe- na Warren. Specimens from Seram and Papua New Guinea were mentioned by Holloway (1997: 184) as “a related, somewhat more strongly marked, undescribed spe- cies”, and the taxonomic status of this material has not been decided in the paper of Xue & Scoble (2002). Further female genitalia evidence has been found (Figs 1-2) now for separation: The potential new species shows an additional spinose crest in the posterior part of the corpus bursae, while this struc- ture is absent in P. flexilinea Warren, 1902. The sig- num is much wider than in P. flexilinea. So, the material might belong to a potential new species in Parasthena. Fig. 2. Potential new species. References Holloway, J. D. 1996. The Moths of Borneo. Part 9. — Malayan Nat. J. 49:147-326 -- 1997. The Moths of Borneo. Part 10. - Malayan Nat. J. 51: 1-242, 608 figs, 12 pls. Xue, D. Y. & M. J. Scoble 2002. A Review of the genera associated with the tribe Asthenini (Lepidoptera: Geometridae, Larentiinae). — Bull. nat. Hist. Mus. Lond. 71(1): 77-133, 295 figs. The work was carried out with the help of Dr. A. Haus- mann of ZSM, Mr. M. Sommerer of Munich, Mr. G. Orhant of France, the Trustees and Staff of the BMNH, and many colleagues. It is also supported by the CAS Innovation Program. The Identity of the Australian Archiearinae Peter B. McQuillan McQuillan, P. B. (2003): The Identity of the Australian Archiearinae. - Spixiana 26/3: 203-204 Dr. Peter B. McQuillan, School of Geography and Environmental Studies, Uni- versity of Tasmania, Hobart; e-mail: P.B.McQuillan@utas.edu.au The small subfamily Archiearinae is putatively ba- sal in the Geometridae and amphipolar in distribu- tion. The Australian members comprise 5 described and 2 undescribed diurnal species in two genera (Acalyphes Turner and Dirce Prout) restricted to the mountains of Tasmania. They have been allocated to the Archiearinae (sensu Fletcher 1953) on mor- phological criteria, but features such as their gener- al hairiness, melanized cuticle, bright colours and rapid flight may be homoplasious. New molecular evidence (285 D2) from a cross- section of ennomine genera and including Ärchiearis Hübner, identifies Acalyphes and Dirce as a clade embedded in the Australian generalised Ennomi- nae, and the sister group to a cluster of southern Australian genera, including Mnesampela Guest and Paralaea Guest,which have a full complement of prolegs in the larvae. Acalyphes larvae have extra 203 prolegs on A3 to A5, as do their sister clade. Howev- er, extra prolegs are missing in the larvae of Dirce. Both Acalyphes and two species of Dirce feed on primitive endemic conifers, whereas D. solaris and D. lunaris are associated with Epacridaceae and Myrtaceae respectively. Archiearis is placed well outside most of the Australian ennomine genera analysed in a wider study. On this evidence we conclude that the Austral- ian “Archiearinae” are derived from an endemic Australian ennomine group, and that feeding on conifers is a derived rather than ancestral trait. Aus- tralian Myrtaceae are rich in essential oils such as alpha-pinene and cineole, so later adoption of coni- fers as foodplants may not be extraordinary. Their relationship to phenotypically similar southern An- dean archiearine taxa, such as Archiearides Fletcher and Lachnocephala Fletcher, remains to be critically analysed. Extra prolegs in geometrid larvae appears to be a highly labile character, at least in some Australian higher taxa. Some results of taxonomic research on larentiine moths from the Australasian region Olga Schmidt Schmidt, ©. (2003): Some results of taxonomic research on larentiine moths (Lepidoptera: Geometridae) from the Australasian region. — Spixiana 26/3: 204 Olga Schmidt, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München; e-mail: olgaschmidt@hotmail.com The Larentiinae are very diverse in the Australasian region. In Australia, the subfamily comprises about 280 described species in 46 genera. Larentiine moths are found in a variety of habitats from dry sclero- phyll areas to rainforests. In Australia they are par- ticularly diverse in the south-eastern tablelands and mountains, including Tasmania. The main part of my research interest focuses on understanding phylogenetic relationships within larentiine geometrid moths at a higher taxonomic level. Current classifications of the subfamily are mostly based on taxa from the Holarctic region but a wider geographical approach is required. Taxo- nomic revisions of groups from other zoogeograph- ical regions will provide the basis for creating a natural classification. In this respect taxonomic stud- ies of genera from the Australasian region are im- portant. In Australia, Ireviewed the genera Anachlo- ris Meyrick, Chaetolopha Warren, Parachaetolopha Schmidt, and Scotocyma Turner, as detailed below. 204 The Australasian genus Anachloris now includes three species. Their larvae feed on several species of Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae). Colour dimorphism was observed in later larval instars. Study of external characters and genitalia, as well as male genitalia musculature, revealed that the genus Anachloris does not belong to the tribe Hydriomenini in which it is currently placed. Six Australian species were as- signed to the genus Chaetolopha, while for eight Pa- puan high altitude species a new genus, Parachaeto- lopha, was erected. A phylogenetic analysis yielded strong support for the separation of Parachaetolopha from Chaetolopha and the monophyly of Parachaeto- lopha is supported by ten synapomorphies. The Aus- tralasian genus Scotocyma is diverse in tropical and subtropical regions. Larvae of the type species, S. al- binotata, feed on Coprosma repens (Rubiaceae). The tribal position of the genus is investigated. Several morphological characters support its placement in the tribe Xanthorhoini. Work on the Eupitheciini of East and South Asia, with particular reference to the Eupithecia of China Anthony C. Galsworthy Galsworthy, A. C. (2003): Work on the Eupitheciini of East and South Asia, with particular reference to the Eupithecia of China. - Spixiana 26/3: 205 Sir Anthony C. Galsworthy, 11 Church Path, Merton Park, London, SW19 3H], U.K.; e-mail: acgalsworthy@btopenworld.com Quite a lot of work has been done on Eupithecia in Asia. Professor Hiroshi Inoue has surveyed com- prehensively Japan and Taiwan, and Nepal. V. Mi- ronov and J. Viidalepp have done the same on Rus- sia. J. Holloway has covered Borneo. But China remains a huge black hole in middle of this uni- verse, and contains a great diversity of habitat, from boreal forest through desert to high mountain, sub- tropical and even tropical lowland. When Dr Xue Dayong produced his book on the Larentiines of China, Eupithecia had to be omitted because the taxonomy was still too confused. While I was serving as British ambassador to China from 1997-2002, Dr Xue kindly allowed me to sort the large collection of Eupithecia which had been built up from 1949 onwards. By 2002 I had sorted the Chinese material and grouped it into about 160 species, but very few were identified, and it was difficult to decide which were undescribed. The problem was that the only substantial col- lection of Chinese Eupithecia in Europe is the Höne collection in Bonn. This was worked on extensively from the early 70s to the end of the 805 by a Hungar- ian taxonomist, Dr Vojnits, who produced about 20 papers, describing in all 215 new taxa, most at spe- cies level, with a high proportion from China. The papers were difficult to use for identifica- tion purposes. There were almost no illustrations of adults. Descriptions were difficult to follow. Draw- ings of genitalia were sometimes sketchy, and proved to be frequently inaccurate, due probably to the inadequately stained preparations from which he was working. There were also printing errors in the papers. Worse, when Dr A. Vojnits left the museum in Hungary, the type and other material was left in an unsorted state, and was for long inaccessible. This constituted a sort of brick wall in front of further studies of Chinese Eupithecia. However fol- lowing heroic efforts by Laszlo Ronkay and col- leagues in Budapest, the material worked on by Dr Vojnits has at last been more or less sorted, and returned to its parent institutions last year. I have been working on it with Dr Mironov. This has enabled rapid progress. Of Dr Vojnits’ 215 names, we have discovered so far that some 90 are synonyms of previously described species. There is more type material yet to be examined. But I think we are on way to clarifying the situation, and Dr Mironov, Dr Xue Dayong and I have agreed to publish together a revision of the Eupithecia of Chi- na. We should be able to precede this with a paper describing 30 or more new species which we have come across during our study. 205 Australia’s subantarctic Tropics - a contradiction? Martin Baehr Baehr, M. (2003): Australia’s subantarctic Tropics — a contradiction? — Spixiana 26/3: 206 Dr. Martin Baehr, Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany; e-mail: Martin.Baehr@zsm.mwn.de The tropical rain forests of northeastern Australia harbour a multitude of carabid beetles that divide into a group of old, indigenous faunal elements with close relationships to the cool-adapted south- ern, circumantarctic (“Bassian”) fauna, and a second group of warm-adapted species of oriental (“Torre- sian”) origin which immigrated into Australia since about 10 Mio years ago (late Miocene). Recent sur- veys reveal that the majority of “oriental” carabids occur in the warm lowland rain forests, whereas the indigenous species almost exclusively range in the cooler montane rain forests above c. 700 m. Although the number of genera is almost the same, the number of species in the “Bassian” group is about three times as great. This disproportion probably is caused by plate tectonics and subsequently also by the ef- fects of Ice Age, because the immigrating Torresian faunal elements were not able to colonize the up- lands, where — during repeated periods of expan- sion and retreat of the cool montane rain forests during Ice Age - the Bassian faunal elements not only had survived, but also experienced a period of rapid evolution and speciation. Hence, at least as the faunal boundary between the Bassian and Torresian subregions is concerned, the classical concept of well confined faunal subre- gions in Australia cannot be maintained, because the Australian tropical rain forest carabid fauna to a large extent is subantarctic. It is this old, indigenous element that mainly was responsible for the north- ern Australian rain forests to become a “Hot Spot” of evolution. Phylogenetic significance of skeleton-muscular anatomy of the genitalia in Geometridae Evgeny A. Beljaev Beljaev, E. A. (2003): Phylogenetic significance of skeleton-muscular anatomy of the genitalia in Geometridae. — Spixiana 26/3: 206-207 Dr. Evgeny A. Beljaev, Institute of Biology and Soil Sciences, Far Eastern Branch of the Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok, RF-690022, Russia; e-mail: beljaev@ibss.dvo.ru Examination of the male genital musculature in Geometridae could provide important information for clarification of phylogenetic relationships at the tribe and genus group level. Genera Petrophora, Scio- nomia and Ocoelophora from Lithinini have strongly different structure of the genital skeleton, but their arrangement of phallic muscles is quite similar and shows clearly a synapomorphic state. A similar sit- uation is between the genera Angerona and Diapre- 206 pesilla, which have rather different appearance and male genitalia but their genital musculature is sim- ilar. Combining characters of the genital muscula- ture and skeleton supports the synonymy of An- geronini and Diaprepesillini well. On the other hand, the clustering of Angeronini with the Ennomos-like series of tribes is not supported by the characters of genitalic musculature. The shape of the genital seg- ment, and the dorsal attachment of the adductor of the valva to the tegminal area, provide possible synapomorphies of Angeronini with the Hypomecis- like series of tribes. Genus Devenilia, which is super- ficially similar to Baptini members, has an arrange- ment of male genitalia musculature that is quite different from typical Baptini and unique for the examined Ennominae. A combination of apomor- phic skeletal and muscle characters supports the erection of Devenilia, together with possibly related genera, to a separate tribe. Thus, involving the gen- italic musculature in taxonomic and phylogenetic research results in an increase of analysed charac- ters, and enables the discovery of apomorphies for relationships between morphologically diverse gen- era as well as for distinction in superficially homo- geneous groups. The species of the neotropical genus “Trocherateina” (Larentiinae) Janusz Wojtusiak Wojtusiak, J. (2003): The species of the neotropical genus “Trocherateina” (Laren- tiinae). — Spixiana 26/3: 207-208 Dr. Janusz Wojtusiak, Jagiellonian University, Kraköw, Poland; e-mail: wojt@zuk.iz.uj.edu.pl The present studies were aimed to examine mor- phological and genitalic characters of all species of Trocherateina to estimate their relation with the ge- nus Erateina Doubleday. According to recently published Geometrid Moths of the World catalogue edited by Malcolm J. Scoble (1999), the Neotropical genus “Trocheratei- na” (Larentiinae) consists of eight species. However, there is no published reference available, as well as no species was designated as a type species of “Tro- cherateina”. In the research collection of the Natural History Museum, London, the name of the genus was marked as a manuscript name proposed by Prout to separate eight distinct species from the genus Erateina Doubleday where they have been originally described. Of these eight species, four were described by Druce (buckleyi, cyris, hermaea and necysia), two by Schaus (cachara and delecta), one by Walker (specularia) and one by Felder & Rogenhofer (pohliata). In their geographical distribution species of “Tro- cherateina” occur at lower elevations in mountains ranging from Mexico to Bolivia. One species (delec- ta) is probably endemic to Costa Rica. The only two known specimens (females) of this species were collected at the elevation of 2300 m on Mt Poas. The other three (cachara, cyris and specularia) are distrib- uted from Mexico to Guatemala at the elevation of about 1000 m and the remaining four species occur from Venezuela to Bolivia with only T. hermaea reach- ing the elevation of 2300 m. One of the most striking morphological struc- ture discovered in males of all species, except of T. buckleyi Druce, is a peculiar scent organ situated in a concave fold made by the wing membrane near the basal part of CuA vein on the dorsal side of forewings. Only very narrow slit visible between the edge of the fold and the wing membrane marks the way inside the organ. When the walls of the fold are pushed open, very small finger like scales pro- jecting inwards are revealed. They probably serve as a containers for storage of a male pheromone. In addition a bunch of a very long, heavily sclerotized hair like scales originating from the basal part of the vein R are hidden under the fold. They may serve as a surface for the evaporation of a male pheromone when released from beneath the fold in the presence of a female. The wings are triangular in shape, slightly nar- rower in males than in females with black or dark brown background and large iridescent white, semi- transparent spots covering central parts of both wings. By the contrast to black scales that are of typical shape and make ground colour of the wing, scales that cover white areas are strongly bent up- wards. No areole is present on forewings. In male genitalia valvae are elongated, trapezoi- dal or rounded with a pronounced, hardly sclero- tized thorn-like processes located at their ventral part. In T. pohliata and T. cachara those processes are asymetrical in both, the shape and length and occur on the ventral margin of the valvae. The asymetry between the left and right valvae is also marked by differently sculptured surfaces. Uncus is beak like, 207 curved ventrally, and sharply ended. Vesica lacks spines and thorns. In female genitalia bursa copulatrix with very large signum that is forming an irregular, heavily sclerotized and twisted cuticular plate. The shape of signum and the shape of strongly sclerotized an- trum is species specific. Notes to the molecular phylogeny of the Geometridae Evgeny A. Beljaev Beljaev, E. A. (2003): Notes to the molecular phylogeny of the Geometridae. — Spixiana 26/3: 208 Dr. Evgeny A. Beljaev, Institute of Biology and Soil Sciences, Far Eastern Branch of the Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok, RF-690022, Russia; e-mail: beljaev@ibss.dvo.ru Recent pilot research ofthe phylogeny of geometrids, base on analysis of gene fragments sequence data (Abraham et al. 2001), has revealed discouraging disharmony of molecular phylogeny of the family, compared with that, based on morphological char- acters. Same disharmony is tracked for other fami- lies in Lepidoptera. These results strongly actualize question on interrelationships of morphological and molecular evolution, and induce a need of function- al explanation of contradictions between morpho- logical and molecular cladograms. The morpholog- ical method of the phylogeny reconstruction allows to interpret the biological meaning of results of the investigation. The explanation is based on under- standing of mechanical function, ecological or etho- logical significance of the morphological characters are involved into analysis. The interpretation is need- ed for clarification of the causes and trends of mor- phological transformation and separation of charac- 208 ters keeping the genealogical information. As to molecular phylogeny, at present, for most genes we do not know the means of transformation of gene information into physiological, morphological and ethological characters. It occludes comprehension the biological meaning of differences between re- sults of molecular and morphological phylogenetic investigations. Both methods of phylogeny recon- struction, morphological and molecular, need to be developed parallel to each other and in close inter- relation between them. References Abraham, D., Ryrholm, N., Wittzell, H., Holloway, J. D., Scoble, M. J. & C. Löfstedt 2001. Molecular Phylog- eny of the Subfamilies in Geometridae (Geometro- idea: Lepidoptera). - Mol. Phylo. Evol. 20(1): 65-77 209-216 München, 01. November 2003 ISSN 0341-8391 Myriapoda aus der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München: Die Scutigeromorpha der Sammlung Verhoeff (Chilopoda, Notostigmophora) Markus Unsöld & Roland R. Melzer Unsöld, M &R.R. Melzer (2003): Myriapods in the Zoologische Staatssammlung München: The Scutigeromorpha of the Verhoeff-Collection (Chilopoda, Notostig- mophora). — Spixiana 26/3: 209-216 A catalogue of Verhoeff’s Scutigeromorpha in the Munich Zoological State Col- lection (ZSM) is given including the original taxonomy as well as that after Würmli’s revisions. In addition original Verhoeff specimens are depicted and a bibliography is included. Markus Unsöld, Roland R. Melzer, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausen- str. 21, D-81247 München, Germany; E-Mail: melzer@zi.biologie.uni-muenchen.de Über 6000 Zähleinheiten in der Myriapodensamm- lung der ZSM (z. B. Fig. 1A) stammen aus dem Nachlaß von Karl Wilhelm Verhoeff (1867-1945). Verhoeff verfaßte etwa 2000 Erstbeschreibungen und 670 Publikationen über Myriapoda, daneben auch über Isopoda und Hexapoda. Derzeit gibt es keine Kataloge der Myriapoda aus der Münchner Ver- hoeff-Sammlung; die taxonomische Einordnung der Objekte ist vielfach noch auf dem Stand, in dem Verhoeff sie hinterlassen hat. Zukünftig werden daher in loser Folge Kataloge und Typenlisten er- scheinen. Spinnenläufer (Scutigeromorpha) sind räuberi- sche Chilopoda mit dorsal gelegenen, unpaaren Stig- men (Notostigmophora). Zur visuellen Orientierung und zur Beutelokalisation dienen - einzigartig un- ter den Myriapoda - Facettenaugen, zum Fang wer- den “Tarsenlassos” eingesetzt (Fig.1B). Im Bestand der ZSM finden sich 223 “lots” aus der Gruppe der Spinnenläufer, darunter 24 Alko- holpräparate und 199 Mikropräparate (Fig. 1A). Wir legen hier einen vollständigen Katalog der Scutige- romorpha vor, der sämtliche von Verhoeff ausge- wiesenen Präparate und Arten unabhängig von ih- rem derzeitigen Status umfaßt. Die letzten Bearbei- tungen stammen von Würmli (1973a,b, 1974, 1975a,b, 1978, 1979). Parallel dazu wurden die Objekte in einer in der ZSM zugänglichen Datenbank aufgenommen, die neben den Art- und Fundortdaten auch Digitalfotos aller Mikropräparate enthält. Darüber hinaus wird eine komplette Bibliographie der Publikationen Verhoeffs über die Scutigeromorpha sowie der spä- teren Bearbeitungen des Materials durch Würmli wiedergegeben. Verhoeff beschrieb eine ganze Reihe von Scuti- geromorpha-Gattungen und -Arten anhand der Gonopoden, der Kopfnähte und der Bedornung der Beine sowie des Körpers. Nach Würmli (1973a,b) haben er und nachfolgende Bearbeiter durch Ver- wendung variabler Merkmale eine zu große Gat- tungs- und Artaufspaltung betrieben. So wurden einige Arten anhand von juvenilen Tieren beschrie- ben, obwohl sich bestimmte Merkmale während der Entwicklung verändern (Würmli 1975b). Zudem gehören die Scutigeromorpha zu den Chilopoden mit der höchsten Variabilität, wie z.B. für Thereuopo- da longicornis (Fabricius, 1793) und die Gattung Scu- tigera von Würmli (1977, 1979) gezeigt wurde. Würmli (1973a, b, 1974, 1975a,b, 1977, 1978, 1979) revidierte daher anhand des Materials der ZSM und anderer großer Sammlungen einen nennenswerten Teil der von Verhoeff beschriebenen Gattungen und Arten. 209 Verhoeff und in seinen ersten Arbeiten auch Würmli verwendeten für die Diagnose die weibli- chen Gonopoden als wesentliches Kriterium (Gono- podenindices bei Würmli 1973b). Später sprach Würmli der Färbung bzw. Körperzeichnung und der Bedornung des Körpers mehr Bedeutung zu (Würmli 1975a). Systematik und Taxonomie der Scutigeromor- pha bedürfen einer umfassenden Revision. Im vor- liegenden Katalog werden daher alle von Verhoeff beschriebenen Arten aufgeführt, auch nomina nuda, sofern eindeutig bezeichnete Präparate vorliegen (petit gesetzt). Wegen der instabilen Systematik und des viel- fach unsicheren Artstatus verzichten wir auf die detaillierte Ausweisung Verhoeffscher Typen. Auf den Präparaten sind sie nur mit einem roten “x” gekennzeichnet. Ebenso wird die Festlegung von Lectotypen zurückgestellt. Sie sollte erst nach einer Revision erfolgen. Verhoeff hat mehrfach Teile seiner Sammlung verkauft, u. a. einige Scutigeromorpha an das Na- turhistorische Museum in Wien (Verhoeff 1962). Zum Vergleich wurde daher eine Inventarliste des Wiener Museums (Stagl, mündl. Mittlg.) herange- zogen. Unter den Mikropräparaten sind z.T. sogar verschiedene Teile desselben Individuums auf meh- rere Sammlungen verteilt, wie etwa bei Pesvarus pachypus Würmli, 1974 (Würmli 1974). Im Katalog wird zu jeder Art das in der ZSM vorhandene Mate- rial aufgeführt. Alkoholpräparate sind als “A”, Mi- kropräparate als “M” gekennzeichnet. Davor wird die Anzahl der Präparate, dahinter in Klammern die Zahl der Individuen angegeben. Die Abbildungen zeigen Original-Gonopoden- präparate einiger der von Verhoeff als eigene Arten aufgefaßten Formen. Hierbei wird jeweils die Be- zeichnung Verhoeffs und der derzeit gültige Name aufgeführt. Im Fall von Thereuonema tuberculata (Wood, 1862) (Abb. 1F-H) und Thereuopoda longicor- nis (Fabricius, 1793) (Abb. 2G-I) werden je drei von Verhoeff als “gute” Arten bzw. Unterarten beschrie- bene Formen im Foto vorgestellt, mit Micropriona attemsii, nomen nudum und Thereuopodina adjutrix, nomen nudum auf den Präparaten so bezeichnete Arten, deren Beschreibung nie erschienen ist. Allothereua Verhoeff, 1905 Allothereua antimaritima, nomen nudum Material: 3M Herkunft: Australien (Melbourne) Zu dieser Art gibt es keine Publikation. Bei allen Präparaten fehlen die Gonopoden. 210 Colonionema, nomen nudum Colonionema viridescens, nomen nudum Material: 1 M Herkunft: S-Afrika (Angola) Über diese Gattung erschien keine Publikation. Es ist anzunehmen, daß ein unveröffentlichtes Manus- kript existiert (hat). Der Objektträger enthält lediglich 6 Beine. Dendrothereua Verhoeff, 1944 Dendrothereua arborum Verhoeff, 1944 Gültiger Name: Scutigera linceci (Wood, 1867) Material: IA, 2M Herkunft: Costa Rica Eremopoda, nomen nudum Eremopoda pachypus, nomen nudum (Abb. 2B) Nomen nudum für Pesvarus pachypus Würmli, 1974 Material: 2M Herkunft: Südwestaustralien Verhoeff beschrieb diese Gattung als Eremopoda in einem unveröffentlichtem Manuskript, das als ver- schollen gilt. Das Micropräparat war bereits als Ere- mopoda pachypus gekennzeichnet. Gattung und Art wurden von Würmli (1974) als Pesvarus pachypus beschrieben. Lassothereua Verhoeff, 1944 Lassothereua cujabana Verhoeff, 1944 Gültiger Name: Pselliodes guildingii (Newport, 1844) Material: 1A,7M Herkunft: Brasilien (Matto Grosso) Micropriona, nomen nudum Micropriona attemsii, nomen nudum (Abb. 2A) Material: 3 M Herkunft: Südafrika Verhoeff beschrieb Gattung und Art in einem un- veröffentlichtem Manuskript, das’ als verschollen gilt. F Abb. 1. Originalpräparate aus der Verhoeff-Sammlung. A. Scutigera asiaeminoris Verhoeff, 1905 Gesamtansicht. B. Thereuopodina adjutrix, nomen nudum; rechtes Laufbein Nr. 5 mit “Tarsenlasso”. C-H. Gonopoden der Weibchen. C. Thereuonema arabica, nomen nudum für Thereuonema syriaca Verhoeff, 1905. D. Parascutigera noduligera pahangiensis Verhoeff, 1924. E. Pselliophora serrulata, nomen nudum für Pselliodes guildingii (Newport, 1844). F. Thereuonema mandschuria Verhoeff, 1936 [gültiger Name: Thereuonema tuberculata (Wood, 1862)]. G. Thereuonema dilatationis Verhoeff, 1936 [gültiger Name: Thereuonema tuberculata (Wood, 1862)]. H. Thereuonema hilgendorfi Verhoeff, 1905 [gültiger Name: Thereuonema tuberculata (Wood, 1862)]. Balken: A: 5 mm, B-H. 500 m. Parascutigera Verhoeff, 1904 Parascutigera montana Verhoeff, 1937 Material: 3 M Typen: 3 M mit rotem Kreuz Herkunft: Locus typicus: “Malacca” Parascutigera noduligera pahangiensis Verhoeff, 1924 (Abb. 1D) Material: 1A (4), AM Typen: 4 M mit rotem Kreuz Herkunft: Malacca; Locus typicus: “Pahang” Pesvarus Würmli, 1974 Pesvarus pachypus Würmli, 1974 (Abb. 2B) Material: 2M Typen: 2 Holotypen Herkunft: Locus typicus: “Südwestaustralien” Zwei weitere Micropräparate und einige komplette Tiere befinden sich nach Würmli (1974) im Natur- historischen Museum in Wien. Pselliodes Chamberlin, 1921 Pselliodes guildingii (Newport, 1844) (Abb. 1E) Synonyme: bei Würmli (1978) Material: 1A,9M Herkunft: Südamerika, Karibik Pselliophora Verhoeff, 1904 Pselliophora serrulata, nomen nudum (Abb. 1E) Nomen nudum für Pselliodes guildingii (Newport, 1844) Material: 2M Herkunft: Kuba Scutigera Lamarck, 1801 Scutigera asiaeminoris Verhoeff, 1905 (Abb. 1A, 2E) Gültiger Name: Scutigera coleoptrata (Linne, 1758) Material: 1A,7M Typen: 3 M mit rotem Kreuz Herkunft: Kleinasien; Locus typicus: “Cilicien” 2.12. Scutigera coleoptrata (Linne, 1758) (Abb. 2D) Synonyme bei Würmli (1977), eine überarbeitete Liste ist bei Pavel Stoev (National Museum of Natu- ral History, Sofia) einsehbar (pers. Mittlg.) Material: 10A (39), 47 M Herkunft: S-Europa, Balkanhalbinsel, Kleinasien, S-Amerika, S- und N-Afrika Scutigera coleoptrata graeca Verhoeff, 1905 Gültiger Name: Scutigera coleoptrata (Linne, 1758) Material: 1A, 4M Herkunft: Griechenland Scutigera coleoptrata argentinica, nomen nudum Material: 1A,5M Herkunft: Argentinien Scutigera linceci (Wood, 1867) Synonyme: bei Würmli (1973b) Material: 1A,2M Herkunft: Mittelamerika Scutigera mohamedanica Verhoeff, 1936 (Abb. 2F) Gültiger Name: Scutigera coleoptrata (Linne, 1758) Material: 5 M Typen: 2 Paralectotypen, Lectotypus auf 3M (Würm- li) Herkunft: Palästina; Locus typicus: “See Geneza- reth”, “Palästina” Tachythereua Verhoeff, 1905 Tachythereua hispanica (Meinert, 1886) Synonyme: Tachythereua maroccana Verhoeff, 1905 Material: 2 M Herkunft: Nordafrika Tachythereua maroccana Verhoeff, 1905 Gültiger Name: Tachythereua hispanica Material: 2 M Typen: 2 M mit rotem Kreuz Herkunft: Nordafrika; Locus typicus: “Tanger, Ma- rokkonl. 7.191717 Thereuonema Verhoeff, 1904 Thereuonema acinacifera Verhoeff, 1936 Gültiger Name: Thereuonema syriaca Verhoeff, 1905 Material: 1A,5 M Typen: 5 M mit rotem Kreuz G H en I Abb. 2A-I. Originalpräparate aus der Verhoeff-Sammlung. Gonopoden der Weibchen. A. Micropriona attemsii, nomen nudum. B. Eremopoda pachypus, nomen nudum für Pesvarus pachypus Würmli, 1974. C. Thereuopodina adjutrix, nomen nudum. D. Scutigera coleoptrata (Linne, 1758). E. Scutigera asiaeminoris Verhoeff, 1905. F. Scutigera mohameda- nica Verhoeff, 1936. G. Thereuopoda haasei Verhoeff, 1937 [gültiger Name: Thereuopoda longicornis (Fabricius, 1793)]. H. Thereuopoda flagellifera meggittii Verhoeff, 1937 [gültiger Name: Thereuopoda longicornis (Fabricius, 1793)]. I. Thereuopoda singaporiensis Verhoeff, 1937 [gültiger Name: Thereuopoda longicornis (Fabricius, 1793)]. Balken: 500 um. Herkunft: Locus typicus: “See Genezareth” (Paläs- Material: 1 M tina) Herkunft: Arabien Thereuonema arabica, nomen nudum (Abb. 1C) Thereuonema dilatationis Verhoeff, 1936 (Abb. 16) Nomen nudum für Thereuonema syriaca Verhoeff, Gültiger Name: Thereuonema tuberculata (Wood, 1905 1862) Material: 3 M Typen: 3 M mit rotem Kreuz Herkunft: Locus typicus: “Mandschurei (10)” Die Bedeutung der eingeklammerten Zahl auf dem Fundortzettel ist unbekannt Thereuonema hilgendorfi Verhoeff, 1905 (Abb. 1H) Gültiger Name: Thereuonema tuberculata (Wood, 1862) Material: 2 M Typen: 2 M mit rotem Kreuz Herkunft: Locus typicus: “Japan (6)” Die Bedeutung der eingeklammerten Zahl auf dem Fundortzettel ist unbekannt Thereuonema hilgendorfi var. koreana Verhoeff, 1936 Gültiger Name: Thereuonema tuberculata (Wood, 1862) Material: 1A, 4M Typen: 2 M mit rotem Kreuz Herkunft: Locus typicus: “Korea” Thereuonema hilgendorfi transversovittata, nomen nudum Nomen nudum für Thereuonema tuberculata (Wood, 1862) Material: 1M Herkunft: Peking Thereuonema mandschuria Verhoeff, 1936 (Abb. IF) Gültiger Name: Thereuonema tuberculata (Wood, 1862) Material: 1A, 3M Typen: 3 M mit rotem Kreuz Herkunft: Locus typicus: “Mandschurei” Thereuonema syriaca Verhoeff, 1905 (Abb. 1C) Synonyme: bei Würmli (1975b) Material: 1A (3), 11M Herkunft: Arabien, Palästina. Thereuonema syriaca almana, nomen nudum Nomen nudum für Thereuonema syriaca Verhoeff, 1905 Material: 5 M Typen: 5 M mit rotem Kreuz Herkunft: Syrien (Hatay, Gaziayntep) Thereuonema tuberculata (Wood, 1862) (Abb. 1F-H) Synonyme: bei Würmli (1975b) Material: 3 A, 15 M Herkunft: Korea, Japan, China. 214 Thereuonema tuberculata spinigera Verhoeff, 1943 GültigerName: Thereuonema tuberculata (Wood, 1862) Material: 1A,2M Typen: 2 M mit rotem Kreuz Herkunft: Korea. Thereuopoda Verhoeff , 1905 Thereuopoda cerberina Verhoeff, 1943 Gültiger Name: Thereuopoda longicornis (Fabricius, 1793) Material: 1A,6M Herkunft: Japan (Syuho-Höhle) Thereuopoda clunifera (Wood, 1862) Synonyme: bei Würmli (1979) Material: 4 M Typen: 3 M mit rotem Kreuz Herkunft: Locus typicus: “Japan (5)” Die Bedeutung der eingeklammerten Zahl auf dem Fundortzettel ist unbekannt Thereuopoda decipiens cavernicola Verhoeff, 1937 Gültiger Name: Thereuopoda longicornis (Fabricius, 1793) Material: 7 M Typen: 7 M mit rotem Kreuz Herkunft: Locus typicus: “Malacca, Limestone Cave”, “Singapur” Thereuopoda ferox Verhoeff, 1936 Gültiger Name: Thereuopoda clunifera (Wood, 1862) Material: 6 M Typen: 6 M mit rotem Kreuz Herkunft: Locus typicus: “Japan (28)” Die Bedeutung der eingeklammerten Zahl auf dem Fundortzettel ist unbekannt Thereuopoda flagellifera meggittii Verhoeff, 1937 (Abb. 2H) Gültiger Name: Thereuopoda longicornis (Fabricius, 1793) Material: 4 M Typen: 4 M mit rotem Kreuz Herkunft: Burma; Locus typicus: “Rangoon” Thereuopoda flagellifera rangoonensis Verhoeff, 1939 Gültiger Name: Thereuopoda longicornis (Fabricius, 1793) Material: 1A,7M Herkunft: Burma (Rangoon) Thereuopoda haasei Verhoeff, 1937 (Abb. 2G) Gültiger Name: Thereuopoda longicornis (Fabricius, 1793) Material: 4 M Typen: 4 M mit rotem Kreuz Herkunft: Malaysia; Locus typicus: “Malacca” Thereuopoda jamashinai Verhoeff, 1939 Gültiger Name: Thereuopoda clunifera (Wood, 1862) Material: 1A, 11M Herkunft: Japan (Riu-Kiu-Inseln) Thereuopoda longicornis (Fabricius, 1793) (Abb. 2G-I) Synonyme: bei Würmli (1979) Material: 2A, 48 M Herkunft: SO-Asien, Japan Thereuopoda nivicomes Verhoeff, 1942 Gültiger Name: Thereuopoda longicornis (Fabricius, 1793) Material: 8 M Herkunft: China (Hzifan-Bergland) Thereuopoda singaporiensis Verhoeff, 1937 (Abb. 21) Gültiger Name: Thereuopoda longicornis (Fabricius, 1793) Material: 4 M Typen: 4 M mit rotem Kreuz Herkunft: Locus typicus: “Singapur” Thereuopoda tweedii Verhoeff, 1937 Gültiger Name: Thereuopoda longicornis (Fabricius, 1793) Material: 4 M Typen: 4 M mit rotem Kreuz Herkunft: Malaysia; Locus typicus: “Malacca” Thereuopoda viridescens Verhoeff, 1937 Gültiger Name: Thereuopoda longicornis (Fabricius, 1793) Material: 4 M Typen: 4 M mit rotem Kreuz (Lectotyp) Herkunft: Malaysia; Locus typicus: “Malacca” Thereuopodina Verhoeff, 1905 Thereuopodina adjutrix, nomen nudum (Abb. 1B, 2C) Material: 2 M Typen: 2 M mit rotem Kreuz Herkunft: Indien (Madras) Es existiert keine gültige Beschreibung. Dank Für technische Assistenz und Mitbetreuung der Daten- bank danken wir Stefan Friedrich (München) sehr herz- lich. Verena Stagl vom Naturhistorischen Museum in Wien sei für die Überlassung einer Inventarliste, Pavel Stoev vom Naturhistorischen Museum in Sofia für die Übersendung seiner Verzeichnisse von Synonymen ge- dankt. Literatur Die angegebenen Publikationen beinhalten die gesam- ten Scutigeromorpha-Veröffentlichungen Verhoeffs so- wie die Arbeiten Würmlis, die sich auf Präparate der ZSM beziehen. Von Verhoeff existieren darüber hinaus noch unveröffentlichte Manuskripte, die nicht oder nicht mehr zugänglich sind. Mauermayer, G. 1962. Verzeichnis der Veröffentlichun- gen von Karl W. Verhoeff, pp. 18-50. In: Zaunick R (ed.): Karl Wilhelm Verhoeff 1867-1945. Selbst- darstellung eines deutschen Zoologen mit einem Verzeichnis seiner Veröffentlichungen von Gisela Mauermayer. — Lebensdarstellungen deutscher Naturforscher Nr. 9. Dt. Akad. Naturf. Leopoldina, Johann Ambrosius Barth Verlag, Leipzig Verhoeff, K. W. 1902-1925. Gliederfüssler: Arthropoda. Klasse Chilopoda. I. Unterklasse. Notostigmopho- ra Verhoeff 1901. In: Dr. H. G. Bronn‘s Klassen und Ordnungen des Tier-Reichs in Wort und Bild. Fünf- ter Band II. Abteilung. 1.-12. Heft bearbeitet von Dr. K. W. Verhoeff in Pasing. 63.-101. Lieferung 1902- 1925. - Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft: 725 pp. -- 1904a. Mittheilungen über die Gliedmassen der Gattung Scutigera (Chilopoda). - Sitz. Ber. Ges. na- turf. Berlin 20: 199-236 -- 1904b. Ueber Gattungen der Spinnenasseln. — Sitz. Ber. Ges. naturf. Berlin 10: 245-285 -- 1905a. Zur Morphologie, Systematik und Hemiana- morphose der Scutigeriden. - Sitz. Ber. Ges. naturf. Berlin 2: 9-60 -- 1905b. Über Scutigeriden. 5. Aufsatz. - Zool. Anz. 19: 73-119 -- 1905c. Über Scutigeriden. 6. Aufsatz. Variabilität und Thereuonema-Arten. Tarsen mit sprungweiser Änderung. - Zool. Anz. 29: 353-371 -- 1924. Results of Dr. E. Mjöberg‘s Swedish Scientific Expeditions to Australia 1910-1913. 39. Chilopoda. —- Ark. Zool. 17: 1-41 -- 1936a. Kritische Untersuchung asiatischer Scutige- riden. — Zool. Anz. 115: 1-18 -- 1936b. Myriapoden aus Marokko. - Zool. Anz. 116: 241-248 -- 1937a. Chilopoden aus innerasiatischen Hochgebir- gen. - Zool. Anz. 137: 35-52 -- 1937b. Chilopoden aus Malacca, nach den Objecten des Raffles Museum in Singapore. — Bull. Raffles Mus. Singapore, Straits Settlements 13: 245-270 1937c. Zur Biologie der Scutigera coleoptrata und über die jüngeren Larvenstadien. — Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. 150: 262-282 1938. Aus dem Leben der Spinnenasseln (Scutigeri- den). — Forsch. Fortschritt Berlin 1939: 63-71 1939. Eine Höhlen-Scutigeride der Riu-Kiu-Insel Okinawa. - Sonderdr. Mitt. Höhlen- u. Karstforsch. 1942/43: 125-132 1942/43. Eine cavernicole Scutigeride aus Japan. — Sonderdr. Z. Karst- u. Höhlenkde 1942/43: 125-132 1944. Eine neue Scutigeriden-Gattung aus Brasili- en. - Zool. Anz. 144: 195-20 1962. Selbstdarstellung, pp. 12-16, in: Zaunick R (ed.) Karl Wilhelm Verhoeff 1867-1945 Selbst- darstellung eines deutschen Zoologen mit einem Verzeichnis seiner Veröffentlichungen von Gisela Mauermayer; Lebensdarstellungen deutscher Na- turforscher Nr. 9. - Dt. Akad. Naturf. Leopoldina, Johann Ambrosius Barth Verlag, Leipzig Würmli, M. 1973a. Zur Systematik der Scutigeriden 216 Europas und Kleinasiens (Chilopoda: Scutigero- morpha). Vorarbeiten zu einer Monographie der Scutigeromorpha, 1. - Ann. naturhist. Mus. Wien 77: 399-408 1973b. Die Scutigeromorpha (Chilopoda) von Cos- ta Rica. Über Dendrothereua arborum Verhoeff, 1944. — Stud. Neotrop. Faun. 8: 75-80 1974. Pesvarus pachypus n. gen. n. sp., eine neue Scutigeride (Chilopoda, Scutigeromorpha, Scutige- ridae) aus Australien. - Zool. Anz. 192: 114-120 1975a. Scutigeromorpha von Madagaskar. Die Identität von Lassophora madagascariensis Verhoeff, 1905 (Chilopoda). - Boll. Soc. ent. ital. 107: 70-74 1975b. Revision der Hundertfüssler-Gattung The- reuonema (Chilopoda: Scutigeromorpha). — Ento- mol. Germ. 2: 189-196 1977. Zur Systematik der Gattung Scutigera (Chilo- poda: Scutigeridae). - Abh. Verh. naturwiss. Ver. Hamburg (NF) 20: 123-131 1978. Synopsis der neotropischen Pselliodidae (Chilopoda: Scutigeromorpha). — Stud. neotrop. Fauna Environ. 13: 135-142 1979. Taxonomic problems in the genus Thereuopo- da (Chilopoda: Scutigeromorpha: Scudigeridae): the role of postmaturational moultings. In: Camati- ni, M. (ed.): Myriapod biology. - Academic Press, London, New York: 1-456 SPIXIANA 217-220 München, 01. November 2003 ISSN 0341-8391 Die Milben in der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München. Teil 4. Gattung: Saprolaelaps Leitner, 1946 (Acari: Gamasida: Halolaelapidae) Czeslaw Blaszak, Rainer Ehrnsberger & Maciej Skoracki Blaszak, C., R. Ehrnsberger, R. & M. Skoracki (2003): The mites in Zoologische Staatssammlung München. Part 4. Genus Saprolaelaps Leitner, 1946 (Acari: Gamas- ida: Halolaelapidae). —- Spixiana 26/3: 217-220 In the fourth part of the revision of the mites stored in Zoologische Staatssamm- lung München, the genus Saprolaelaps Leitner is treated. The species are determined, listed, and a short diagnosis is given. Three Holotypes, one paratype and seven species from the authors‘ collection are added. The condition of the slides is described. Czeslaw Blaszak, Lehrstuhl für Tiermorphologie A. Mickiewicz Universität, 61-485 Poznan, 28 Czerwca 1956 r. 198, Polen; e-mail: blaszak@main.amu.edu.pl Rainer Ehrnsberger, Hochschule Vechta, Institut für Naturschutz und Umwelt- bildung, D-49377 Vechta, Driverstr. 22, Germany; e-mail: rainer.ehrnsberger@uni-vechta.de Maciej Skoracki, Lehrstuhl für Tiermorphologie A. Mickiewicz Universität, 61-485 Poznan, 28 Czerwca 1956 r. 198, Polen; e-mail: skoracki@amu.edu.pl Allgemeine Charakteristik und systematische Stellung Die Gattung Saprolaelaps gehört zur Familie Halolae- lapidae in der Ordnung Gamasida, Unterordnung Gamasina, Kohorte Dermanyssina. Alle Arten die- ser Familie sind Räuber und leben in zwei besonde- ren Biotopen. Die Milben der Gattung Halolaelaps kommen im Strandanwurf an der Meeresküste vor und auch in Komposterde und im Dung. Die Arten der Gattung Saprolaelaps leben vor allem im Kot verschiedener Tiere, aber auch in Komposterde und Abfällen. Als Nahrung dienen vor allem Nemato- den. Bei der Beschreibung wird auch der aktuelle Zustand der einzelnen Exemplare angegeben. Wir unterscheiden vier Klassen: A: Zustand sehr gut, B: gut, U: Exemplar beschädigt, D: zerstört (kann nicht mehr restauriert werden). Gattung Saprolaelaps Leitner, 1946 Diagnose. Tibia I bei Adulten und Deutonymphen mit 3 Ventralborsten. Tibia und Genu I mit zwei antero-lateralen Borsten. Tibia I hat immer weniger als 6 Dorsalborsten. Genu IV mit 5 Dorsalborsten. Apotel 3-teilig. Genu III mit 8 Borsten, Coxa II anterior mit Sporn. Tectum mit langer lanzettförmiger Mittel- spitze, die mit feinen Dörnchen besetzt ist. Dorsal- schild ist geteilt in Podo- und Opisthonotalschild. & mit Holoventralschild. Saprolaelaps areolatus Leitner, 1946 Diagnose. Podonotal- und Opisthonotalschild je- weils mit 14 Paar Borsten und einer irregulären Netzstruktur. Borsten il und zl außerhalb des Po- donotalschildes. Opisthosoma trägt keine gestreifte Rückenhaut. Verbreitung und Ökologie: Bis jetzt bekannt nur aus faulenden Gemüseabfällen und Meerschweinchen- kot mit Obstabfällen (Österreich und Deutschland). Präparate aus der Leitner-Sammlung 1. [W62/22, Saprolaelaps areolatus, spec. nov., %, Type, A 217, Admont, Kompost, det. E. Leitner]; (B), 2, Typus, det. C. Blaszak 2002. Präparate aus der Ehrnsberger/Blaszak-Sammlung 2. [Wallenhorst-Hollage, Niedersachsen, Meer- schweinchenkot mit Obstfällen (40), 1?, Nr. 5801, leg. R. Ehrnsberger]; (A/B), det. C. Blaszak 2002. Saprolaelaps bacchusi Hyatt, 1956 Diagnose. Opisthonotalschild mit 13 Paar Borsten, Podonotalschild mit 14 Paar Borsten. Borsten il und zi außerhalb des Podonotalschildes. Beide Dorsal- schilde mit einer unregelmäßigen Struktur bedeckt. Interscutalmembran bedeckt mit dünnen Linien. Opisthosoma trägt auf der Ventralseite keine ge- streifte Rückenhaut. Ökologie und Verbreitung: Komposterde und Misthaufen, bis jetzt nur aus England und Deutsch- land bekannt. Präparate aus der Leitner-Sammlung 1. [W62/20 Nr. 7, Saprolaelaps, A 77/0-3, Admont, det. E. Leitner]; (B), 2, det. C. Blaszak 2002. Präparate aus der Ehrnsberger/Blaszak-Sammlung 2. [Misthaufen mit Meerschweinchenkot und Obst- resten, Wallenhorst Hollage, Landkreis Osnab- rück, Deutschland, 12, Nr. 2375/6 20.01.1994, leg. R. Ehrnsberger]; (A), det. C. Blaszak 2002. Saprolaelaps claudiae Blaszak & Ehrnsberger, 2000 Diagnose. Podonotalschild mit 14 Paar Borsten, Opisthonotalschild mit 13 Paar Borsten. Beide Schil- de mit deutlichen Grübchen bedeckt. Borsten il und zl außerhalb des Podonotalschild. Im seitlichen Be- reich der Ventralseite des Opisthosoma liegt die ge- streifte Rückenhaut, bedeckt mit kleinen Grübchen. Verbreitung und Ökologie: Komposthaufen und faule Kartoffeln (Deutschland). Präparate aus der Willmann-Sammlung 1. [W62/17 Nr. 1, Saprolaelaps punctulatus Leitner, Faule Kartoffeln, Bremen, 2.11.47, det. C. Will- mann]; (A), 2, det. C. Blaszak 2002. 2. [W62/17 Nr. 2, Saprolaelaps punctulatus Leitner, Faule Kartoffeln, Bremen, 2.11.47, det. C. Will- mann]; (A), 2, det. C. Blaszak 2002. 218 Präparate aus der Ehrnsberger/Blaszak-Sammlung 3. [Komposthaufen, Lingen, Niedersachsen, Deutsch- land, 26.6.1995, 1? Paratypus, Nr. 4297 /4, leg. C. Niemann]; (A). det. C. Blaszak 2002. 4. [Misthaufen, (6) Lastrup bei Cloppenburg, Nie- dersachsen, Deutschland, 12, Nr. 3325, 11.2.1993, leg. R. Ehrnsberger]; (A/B). det. C. Blaszak 2002. 5. [Misthaufen, (6) Lastrup bei Cloppenburg, Nie- dersachsen, Deutschland, 12, Nr. 3345, 11.2.1993, leg. R. Ehrnsberger]; (A), det. C. Blaszak 2002. Saprolaelaps curvisetosus Leitner, 1946 Diagnose. Podonotalschild mit 13 Paar Borsten, Opisthonotalschild mit 8 Paar Borsten. Borsten il, zl außerhalb des Podonotalschildes. Beide Dorsal- schilde mit einer Netzstruktur bedeckt. Alle Bors- ten charakteristisch leicht gekrümmt. Keine gestreifte Rückenhaut auf Ventralseite des Opisthosoma. Verbreitung und Ökologie: Dünger, Misthau- fen mit Meerschweinchenkot und Obstreste. Präparate aus der Leitner-Sammlung 1. [W62/15 Nr. 1, Saprolaelaps curvisetosus, spec. nov., $, Type, A 292, Admont, Dünger, det. E. Leitner]; (B/C), 2, det. C. Blaszak 2002. 2. [W62/15 Nr. 2, Saprolaelaps curvisetosus, spec. nov., $, Type, A 292, Admont, Dünger, det. E. Leitner; Parhalolaelaps subtilis, 2, Nph., A 292, Admont, Dünger, det. E. Leitner]; (B/C), $, Ty- pus nach Leitner mit Variabilität, det. C. Blaszak 2002. 3. [W62/23, Saprolaelaps areolatus, spec. nov., A 292, Admont, Dünger, det. E. Leitner]; (B), 22, det. C. Btaszak 2002. 4. [W62/24, Saprolaelaps curvisetosus, spec. nov., 9, A 292, Admont, Dünger, det. E. Leitner]; (C), 2, det. C. Blaszak 2002. Präparate aus der Ehrnsberger/Blaszak-Sammlung 5. [Gänsemist, Seulingen bei Duderstadt, Nieder- sachsen, Deutschland, 14.2.1994, 12, Nr. 3355/1, leg. A. Stollberg]; (A), det. C. Blaszak 2002. Saprolaelaps goetzi Blaszak & Ehrnsberger, 2002 Diagnose. Opisthonotal- und Podonotalschild mit jel4 Paar Borsten. Beide Dorsalschilde mit deutli- chen Grübchen bedeckt. Borsten il und z1 außer- halb des Podonotalschildes. Im hinteren Bereich der Ventralseite des Opisthosoma befindet sich die breit gestreifte Rückenhaut, die mit kleinen Grübchen bedeckt ist. Verbreitung und Ökologie: Komposthaufen und faulende Erde (Deutschland). Präparate aus der Kneissl-Sammlung 1. [K113, Gamasellus iphidiformis, 2, faulende Erde, Oberalting, 3.7.1912, leg. det. Kneissl]; (B), 9, det. C. Blaszak 2002. 2. [K114, Gamasellus iphidiformis, ?, faulende Erde, Oberalting, leg. Kneissl, det. Kneissl, 3.7.1912]; (A/B), $, det. C. Blaszak 2002. Präparate aus der Ehrnsberger/Blaszak-Sammlung 3. [Komposthaufen (93), Lingen, Niedersachsen, Deutschland, 26.6.1995, 12, Holotypus, Nr. 4298 / 3, leg. C. Niemann]; (A). det. C. Blaszak 2002. Saprolaelaps hirschmanni Blaszak & Ehrnsberger, 2002 Diagnose. Opisthonotalschild mit 14 Paar Borsten, Podonotalschild mit 16 Paar Borsten. Borsten il und z1 außerhalb des Schildes. Beide Dorsalschilde und Interscutalmembran bedeckt mit deutlichen Grüb- chen. Im hinteren Bereich der Ventralseite des Opis- thosoma liegt die gestreifte Rückenhaut, bedeckt mit kleinen Grübchen. Verbreitung und Ökologie: Komposthaufen und Meerschweinchenkot in Deutschland. Präparate aus der Ehrnsberger/Blaszak-Sammlung 1. [Misthaufen mit Meerschweinchenkot und Obst- resten, Wallenhorst-Hollage, Landkreis Osnab- rück, Deutschland, 20.01.1994, 1? Holotypus, Nr. 5197, leg. R. Ehrnsberger]; (A/B), det. C. Blaszak 2002. 2. [Komposthaufen (93), Lingen, Niedersachsen, 26.6.1995, 12, Nr. 4298/7, leg. C. Niemann]; (A / B), det. C. Blaszak 2002. Saprolaelaps hyatti Blaszak & Ehrnsberger, 2002 Diagnose. Opisthonotalschild mit 14 Paar Borsten, Podonotalschild mit 15 Paar. Borsten il und z1 au- ßerhalb des Schildes. Beide Dorsalschilde und auch Interscutalmembran bedeckt mit deutlichen Grüb- chen. Im seitlichen Bereich der Ventralseite des Opisthosoma befindet sich die eng gestreifte Rü- ckenhaut, bedeckt mit kleinen Grübchen. Verbreitung und Ökologie: Misthaufen und Kompost in Deutschland. Präparate aus der Ehrnsberger/Btaszak-Sammlung 1. [Misthaufen (6), Lastrup bei Cloppenburg, Nie- dersachsen, 1?, Holotypus, Nr. 3310, 11.2.1993, leg. R. Ehrnsberger]; (A), det. C. Blaszak 2002. Saprolaelaps punctulatus Leitner, 1946 Diagnose. Opisthonotalschild mit 13 Paar Borsten, Podonotalschild mit 15 Paar Borsten. Borsten il und z1 auf Podonotalschild. Beide Dorsalschilde bedeckt mit deutlichen Grübchen. Auf der Ventralseite des Opisthosoma befindet sich die gestreifte Rücken- haut, die mit kleinen Grübchen bedeckt ist, ebenso teilweise der Analschild. Verbreitung und Ökologie: Kompost und Dün- germist (Österreich, England). Präparate aus der Leitner-Sammlung 1. [W62/16, Saprolaelaps punctulatus, spec.nov., ®, Type, X 375, Gmünden, Düngermist, det. E. Leit- ner]; (B), 2, det. C. Blaszak 2002. Saprolaelaps somermaai Karg, 1965 Diagnose. Opisthonotalschild mit 13 Paar Borsten, Podonotalschild mit 14 Paar Borsten. Borsten il und z1 außerhalb des Schildes. Beide Dorsalschilde mit irregulärer Netzstruktur bedeckt. Im seitlichen Be- reich der Ventralseite des Opisthosoma liegt die eng gestreifte Rückenhaut. Verbreitung und Ökologie: Misthaufen und Kompost (Deutschland). Präparate aus der Leitner-Sammlung 1. [W62/20 Nr. 6, Saprolaelaps, A 77/0-3, Admont, det. E. Leitner]; (C), 2, Variabilität, det. C. Blas- zak 2002. Präparate aus der Ehrnsberger/Blaszak-Sammlung 1. [Meerschweinchenkot mit Obstresten, Wallen- horst-Hollage, Landkreis Osnabrück, Deutsch- land, 06.12.1993, 12, Nr. 3348/1, leg. R. Ehrns- berger]; (A/B), det. C. Blaszak 2002. Saprolaelaps sp. Präparate aus der Willmann-Sammlung 1. [W62/18, Saprolaelaps, d, Kompost, Garten, 15.5.48, det. C. Willmann]; (A/B), g, det. C. Blas- zak 2002. Präparate aus der Leitner-Sammlung 2. [W62/19, Saprolaelaps, A 77/0-3, Admont, det. E. Leitner]; (B), Deutonymphe, det. C. Blaszak 2002. 3. [W62/20 Nr. 1, Saprolaelaps, A 77/0-3, Admont, det. E. Leitner]; Saprolaelaps sp. (A/B), d, det. C. Blaszak 2002. 4. [W62/20 Nr. 2, Saprolaelaps, A 77/0-3, Admont, det. E. Leitner]; Saprolaelaps sp. (B), 2, det. C. Blaszak 2002. 5. [W62/20 Nr. 3, Saprolaelaps, A 77/0-3, Admont, det. E. Leitner]; Saprolaelaps sp. (C/D), Deuto- nymphe/ d, det. C. Blaszak 2002. 6. [W62/20 Nr. 4, Saprolaelaps, A 77 /0-3, Admont, det. E. Leitner]; Saprolaelaps sp. (A), Deutonym- phe, det. C. Blaszak 2002. 7. [W62/20 Nr. 5, Saprolaelaps, A 77/0-3, Admont, det. E. Leitner]; Saprolaelaps sp. (A), Deutonym- phe, det. C. Blaszak 2002. Präparate aus der Vitzthum-Sammlung 8. [V875, Gamasellus aeronauta Vitzthum, 1918, 2-Ny., Paratypoide, 6.5.1919, Weimar / Deutschl., Anthomyiiden, leg. Vitzthum, det. Vitzthum, 9.5.1919]; (A/B), 2 Deutonymphen, det. C. Blas- zak 2002. 9. [V876, Gamasellus aeronauta Vitzthum, 1918, 2- Ny., Typus, 6.5.1919, Weimar/Deutschl., An- thomyiiden, leg. Vitzthum, det. Vitzthum, 14.5. 1919]; (A), Deutonymphe, det. C. Blaszak 2002. 10. [V182, Gamasellus vulgaris Vitzth., 1918, 2Ny., Syntypen, 14.10.1913]; (A/B), Deutonymphen, det. C. Blaszak 2002. 11. [V186, Gamasellus vulgaris Vitzth. 1918, 2Ny., Syntypen, 8.6.1918]; (A/B), 3 Deutonymphen, det. C. Blaszak 2002. Präparate aus der Kneissl-Sammlung 12. [K130, Gamasellus iphidiformis, Ny.? faulende Erde, Oberalting, leg. Kneissl, det. Kneissl, 3.7. 1912]; (A/B), Deutonymphe, det. C. Blaszak 2002. 13. [K131, Gamasellus iphidiformis, ?, faulende Erde, Oberalting, leg. Kneissl, det. Kneissl, 3.7.1912]; (A/B), 2, det. C. Blaszak 2002. 14. [K115, Gamasellus iphidiformis, 3, faulende Erde, Oberalting, leg. Kneissl, det. Kneissl, 28.7.1912]; (C/D),d, det. C. Blaszak 2002. Danksagung Diese Arbeit wurde freundlicherweise durch ein DAAD- Stipendium an C. Blaszak unterstützt. Literatur Berlese, A. & Trouessart, E. 1889. Diagnoses d’Acariens nouveaux ou peu connus. — Bull. Bibl. Scient. Ouest 2(2): 121-143 220 Blaszak, C. & R. Ehrnsberger 2000a. Eine neue Raubmil- be Saprolaelaps claudiae sp. nov. aus der Gattung Saprolaelaps Leitner, 1946 (Acari: Gamasida: Halola- elapidae). - Genus 11(4): 613-618 -- & -- 2000b. Saprolaelaps reticulatus nov. sp., eine neue Milbenart der Gattung Saprolaelaps Leitner, 1946 (Acari: Gamasida: Halolaelapidae). —- Osnab- rücker Naturwiss. Mitt. 26: 135-138 -- & -- 2002. Beiträge zur Kenntnis von Saprolaelaps Leitner, 1946 in Europa (Acari: Gamasida: Halolae- lapidae) — Osnabrücker Naturwiss. Mitt. 28: 159- 197 Bregetova, N. G. 1977. The genus Halolaelaps Berlese et Trouessart, 1889. In: Ghilarov M. S. & Bregetova N. G. (Ed.): Handbook for the identification of soil inhabiting mites (Mesostigmata) - Leningrad. Zool. Ins. Akad. Sci. USSR (in Russisch) Evans, G. ©. 1963. Observations on the chaetotaxy of the legs in the free-living Gamasina. — Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (zool.) 10: 275-303 -- &W.M. Till 1979. Mesostigmatic mites of Britain and Ireland (Chelicerata: Acari-Parasitiformes). An Introduction to their external morphology and clas- sification. —- Trans. zool. Soc. Lond. 35: 139-270 Götz, H. 1952. Düngerbewohnende parasitiforme Mil- ben und die Gattung Macrocheles Latreille, 1829 — Diss. Univ. Erlangen, unveröffentlicht Hirschmann, W. 1966. Gangsystematik der Parasitifor- mes; Die Gattung Halolaelaps Berlese et Trouessart, 1889 nov. comb. - Acarologie, Folge 9(14): 21-24 -- 1968. Rückenflächenbestimmungstabellen von 25 Halo- laelaps-Arten (2, Larven, Protonymphen) Teilgang: Larvae-Protonymphe. - Acarologie, Folge 11(33): 4-7 -- & Götz, H. 1968. Neue Halolaelaps-Arten. — Acarolo- gie, Folge 11(34): 7-10 } Hyatt, K. H. 1956. British Mites of the Genera Halolaelaps Berlese and Trouessart and Saprolaelaps Leitner (Gamasina-Neoparasitiodae). — Entomologist’s Ga- zette 7: 7-26 Karg, W. 1965. Larvalsystematische und phylogeneti- sche Untersuchung sowie Revision des Systems der Gamasina Leach, 1915 (Acarina, Parasitiformes). — Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin 41(2): 1-164 -- 1971. Acari (Acarina), Milben. Unterordnung An- actinochaeta (Parasitiformes). Die freilebende Ga- masina (Gamasides), Raubmilben. — Tierwelt Dtsch. 59: 475 pp. -- 1993. Acari (Acarina), Milben Parasitiformes (An- actinochaeta) Cohors Gamasina Leach Raubmil- ben. — Tierwelt Dtsch. 59: 1-523 Leitner, E. 1946, Zur Kenntnis der Milbenfauna auf Düngerstätten. — Zbl. Gesamt. Geb. Entom. Lienz 1(3): 75-95; (5-6): 129-156 Vitzthum, H. 1920. Akarologische Beobachtungen 2 Rei- he. - Arch. Naturges. 84: 9-16 -- 1931. Zwei neue deutsche Milben. — Zool. Anz. 96(7/8): 187-192 SPIXIANA 221-226 München, 01. November 2003 ISSN 0341-8391 Contribution to the Oribatid Mite Fauna of Georgia. 2. Carabodes and Lamellocepheus (Acari, Oribatida) Gerd Weigmann & Maka Murvanidze Weigmann, G. & M. Murvanidze (2003): Contribution to the Oribatid Mite Fauna of Georgia. 2. Carabodes and Lamellocepheus (Acari, Oribatida). —- Spixiana 26/3: 221-226 The new species Carabodes procerus, spec. nov. from Georgian subtropical region Adjara is described and is compared with the related species C. femoralis Nicolet and C. rugosior Berlese. The variability of length of genital setae and shape of sensillus of C. procerus, spec. nov. and German and Georgian specimens of C. femoralis and C. rugosior is discussed. Lamellocepheus personatus Berlese, 1910, is redescribed with new records from Georgia. It is senior synonym to L. ambitus Kuliev, 1966 (syn. nov.), reported for Azerbaidzhan and Georgia. Prof. Dr. Gerd Weigmann, Institute of Biology, Lab. Soil Zoology and Ecology, Free University Berlin, Grunewaldstr. 34, D-12165 Berlin Maka Murvanidze, Institute of Zoology of Georgian Academy of Sciences, Chavchavadze av. 31, 380079 Tiblisi, Georgia Introduction Within an ecological research program in Georgia some new and rare species have been found. This contribution deals with Carabodes C. L. Koch, 1835 (Carabodidae C. L. Koch, 1837) and with Lamello- cepheus Balogh, 1961 (Charassobatidae Grandjean, 1958). In the subtropical region Adjara in West Geor- gia the new species Carabodes procerus, spec. nov. was found in Kintrishi reserve, which is situated between the Black See and the high mounts Adjara- Imereti Sisters. The new species belongs to the feno- ralis-group of Carabodes. The occurrence of the relat- ed species C. femoralis Nicolet, 1855 and C. rugosior Berlese, 1916 in the same area and further samples from the same region gives the possibility to study the variability of length of genital setae and shape of sensillus between German and Georgian specimens. Within the researches some specimens of Lamel- locepheus personatus Berlese, 1910, have been found in East and West Georgia, a rare species. A modern redescription of the species is required and its sys- tematic position is to be discussed. Location of types Types are deposited in the collection of the Zoological Institute of Georgian Academy of Sciences in Tbilisi (ZI- GAST) and in the collection of the coauthor (GW). Carabodes procerus, spec. noV. Fig. 1 Diagnosis. Body shape slim-oval. Posterior part of prodorsum without neckhole and not depressed, but with transversal ridge. Interlamellar setae small, thin and smooth. Sensillus directed to the side, dis- tally = splitted into fingers or not. Notogaster with 10 pairs of short setae. Sculpture of notogaster with roundish nodules and irregular ridges (folds). Fig. 1. Carabodes procerus, spec. nov. A. Dorsal aspect. B. Sensilli. C. Genital plates. Bars indicate 100 um. Types. Holotype: 2, Georgian subtropical region, Adja- ra, Kintrishi Reserve, H: 884 m, 41°43'27" E, 42°03'46" N, 29.8.2001 (ZIGAST). — Paratypes: 7, same data (3 in ZI- GAST, 4 in GW); 2, v. Khino, 1000 m, same date (ZIGAST). Description General characters. Length of body - 450- 550 um. Width - 225-300 um (relation length: width =1:0,50-1:0,55). Color — dark brown, almost black. Cuticle covered with granulated cerotegument. Prodorsum with nodules and irregular ridges. Rostral and lamellar setae are smooth and thin. Interlamellar setae short, thin, smooth. Sensillus di- rected to the side, shape of the slightly thickened head varies from rounded to splitted into fingers, distally with very fine granulation. Posterior part of prodorsum with transversal “wave”-shaped chitin ridge, without neckhole. Notogaster. 10 pairs of small notogastral setae, c-seta at the shoulder. Sculpture of notogaster with roundish nodules and with coarse irregular longitu- dinal ridges (folds) (Fig. 1A). Ventral region shows no pecularities. Coxister- nal chaetotaxy: 3-1-3-3. Anogenital chaetotaxy: 4g, lag, 2an, 3ad (exeptionally 5g). The genital setae are less than 10 ıım long, with fine setulae (Fig. 1C). All tarsi with one claw. 222 Derivatio nominis. Procerus means “slim” in latin. Localities. Adjara, Kintrishi Reserve, damp bi- otopes, mean annual precipitation is 3898 mm. v. Didvake, chestnut forest, Castanea sativa; v. Khino, mixed wood with Castanea sativa, Carpinus caucasica, Alnus barbata, some specimens of Picea orientalis, underwood with Corylus avellana, Rhododendron pon- ticum, Rubus dolichocarpus, Sambucus ebulus. Discussion. The new species belongs to the “femo- ralis-group” with (1) distinct long notogastral ridg- es (folds), (2) posterior part of prodorsum without neckhole, (3) one pair of notogastral c-setae at the shoulder, (4) slim sensilli with + splitted ends, some- times with short setulae. All members of this group differ from C. proce- rus, spec. nov. evidently, as discussed in the follow- ing. C. femoralis Nicolet, 1855 is larger (555-715 um), sensillus is directed to the side or anteriorly, poste- rior part of prodorsum depressed, without trans- versal ridge, but sculpture of notogaster very simi- lar, mostly with more distinct folds (cf. Sellnick & Forsslund 1953, Bernini 1970, Mahunka 1987, Perez- Inigo 1997). In one sample together with C. procerus occured two specimens of C. femoralis (with body sizes of: 615x385 um and 555 x340 um). Relation of er) ) Fig. 2. A-G. Carabodes femoralis Nicolet. A. Genital plate, specimen from Germany. B. Genital plate, specimen from Georgia. C-D. Sensilli, specimens from Georgia. E-G. Sensilli, specimens from Germany. H-N. Carabodes rugosior Berlese. H-K. Sensilli, specimens from Georgia. L-N. Sensilli, specimens from Germany. the length to width in C. femoralis is 1:0,60 to 1:0,65 (examined in georgian and german specimens), con- trary to C. procerus with 1:0,50 to 1:0,55. C. rugosior Berlese, 1916 (cf. Sellnick & Forss- lund 1953; Bernini 1970) is also larger than C. proce- rus in average: 520-650 um; posterior part of noto- gaster depressed, with lateral nodes, sculpture of notogaster with one well developed, strong median ridge and irregular, smaller ridges, covered by fine granula but without the nodules as in C. procerus and C. femoralis. C. perezinigoi Salinas, 1971 (Salinas 1971) is small and less slim: 460x270 um and has finger shaped sensilli, but interlamellar setae are reduced to alve- oli, posterior part of prodorsum is depressed, sculp- ture of notogaster with coarser nodules and three less distinct longitudinal ridges. C. apuanicus Bernini, 1979 (Bernini 1979) has body measures of 445x240 um, no shoulder setae, longer and strong interlamellar setae, long notogas- tral setae and the notogastral sculpture consists of many folds and fine punctuation only. C. auriculatus Mahunka, 1987 (Mahunka 1987) is a larger species (574-689 x 344-419 um), basally be- tween the lamellae a pair of large elevations is present, the peduncle of sensillus is very long, the head is small and spinose; the sculpture of noto- gaster is similar to C. procerus and C. femoralis. Variability in C. procerus, spec. nov. and related species Fig. 2 We observed some variability in the shape of sensil- li and genital setae in C. femoralis and C. rugosior. This should be discussed with regard to the charac- ters of C. procerus, spec. nov. The genital setae of C. procerus are less than 10 um and with some very short setulae (Fig. 1C). The genital setae of C. femoralis from Georgia are about 15 um in length and have a few short setulae (Fig. 2B), whereas in German specimens the genital setae are more than 25 um in length, showing obvi- ous setulae (Fig. 2A). The genital setae of C. rugosior are about 15 um, smooth or with minute setulae, at most. The sensilli of the three species are variable with regard to the shape of the head and it's fine struc- ture. The sensillus of C. procerus is only sligthly thickened, at most. The distal part is covered with small granula; the tip is rounded, or in most of the specimens dissected into two or three parts. The tip resembles fingerlike warts or looks like a dissected end of a tube (Fig. 1B). The sensilli of C. femoralis are more variable. Either the tip is dissected into two or three parts with fingerlike warts or a dissected end of a tube, or it is more or less flattened. The granula at the distal part are minute or obvious. The sensillus morphol- ogy in Georgian (Figs 2C,D) and in German speci- mens (Figs 2E-G) is similar. The sensilli of C. rugosior from Georgian origin (Figs 2H-K) seem to be quite different, but when studying the variability in German specimens (Figs 2L-N) we observe similar types with flat tip and strong setulae besides specimen with fingerlike dis- sected tips. We regard the sensillus shape of the three spe- cies as variable and without importance to discrim- inate the species. Lamellocepheus personatus Berlese, 1910 Fig. 3 Diagnosis. Rostrum medially incised. Lamellae long, broad, not connected by a translamella, bound to the bothridia. Rostral, lamellar and interlamellar setae very short, fine, smooth. Sensillus leaf-shaped, barbed. Notogaster with an arched shoulder lath anteriorly, the anterior middle part of notogaster with broad flat depression. On both sides of the genital plates with longitudinal ridges which end in denslike tubercles, the epimeres IV with strong lat- eral and posterior tubercles; 5 pairs of genital setae, 2 pairs of adanal setae, only. The mouth parts seem to be suctorial. Description General characters. Length - 345-420 um. Color — light brown. Cuticle with fine granulation, with coarsely granulated cerotegument. Prodorsum. Rostrum incised medially. Lamel- lae broad, long, parallel, bounded with large both- ridia, not meeting each other, without translamella. Sensillus leaf-shaped, barbed, about 40 um long. Bothridium opening anteriorly, with strong carina at the lateral side. Rostral, lamellar and interlamel- lar setae short, fine, smooth. Prodorsum with fine structure of granules and irregular lines. Notogaster with an arched shoulder lath anteri- orly. 10 pairs of short, fine and smooth setae. Two pair of them - c, and la - arising on small tubercles. The anterior middle part of notogaster with broad flat depression (Figs 3A,B). Cuticle covered by coarsely granulated cerotegument. 224 Ventral region with fine granulation. Pedotec- tum I large, Pedotectum II small; tutorium a long and small blade without free tip (Fig. 3A). On both sides of genital opening with longitudinal ridges which end in denslike tubercles, anteriorly. The epimeres IV with strong lateral and posterior tuber- cles; 5 pairs of short genital setae. Epimeral chaeto- taxy: 3-1-3-2, mostly vestigial or short; the setae 3c seem to be absent in some specimens, the setae 4b are vestigial, positioned on the posterior tubercles of the epimere IV. Anogenital chaetotaxy: 5 g, 1 ag, 2 an, 2 pairs of adanal setae, only (Fig. 3C). Legs monodactyl. Material and localities. 1, East Georgia, Algethy Re- serve, Picea forest, 30.7.2001; 2, West Georgian subtropi- cal region, Adjara, Kintrishi Reserve: 1, v. Khino, mixed forest with Castanea sativa, Carpinus caucasica, Alnus bar- bata, Picea orientalis; underwood with Corylus avellana, Rhododendron ponticum, Rubus dolichocarpus, Sambucus ebulus; H: 1000 m, 41°43'27" E, 42°03'46" N; 1, v. Didvake, chesnut forest with Castanea sativa, H: 884, 29.8.2001. Ecology and distribution. The species has been re- ported from Italy: Trentino — Alto Adige (Berlese 1910; Schuster 1965), Florence region (Grandjean 1962); Switzerland: Tessin (Grandjean 1962) and Austria: Kärnten (Schuster 1965). From Caucasus Region a second species has been reported, L. ambi- tus Kuliev, 1966 (Kuliev 1966), which is junior syno- nym to L. personatus, in our opinion. The new geor- gian records indicate a preference for forest litter in warm-temperate climate, as found in Toscana (Ita- ly) and in Georgia. The records in Austria, Switzer- land and northern Italy might indicate occurrence in warm southern subalpine biotopes. Discussion. The species has been described by Ber- lese (1910) as Tectocepheus personatus, later trans- fered into the genus Tegeocranellus (Berlese, 1913) and illustrated by a sketchy drawing. Balogh (1961: 302) established the genus Lamellocepheus with T. per- sonatus as type species (junior synonym Tessacarus Grandjean, 1962) as a member of Tectocepheidae. Schuster (1965) discussed the taxonomic position and presented further characteristics and records. Illustrations have been published by Balogh (1961), Balogh & Balogh (1992), and after studying the type materialby Mahunka & Mahunka-Papp (1995), who gave further diagnostic characters, a better draw- ing, and transfered the species from Tectocepheidae to Charassobatidae. Grandjean (1964: 532) gives the leg solenidiotaxy of Lamellocepheus personatus, the same as in Charassobates. We confirm this systematic position within Char- assobatidae and give some arguments for it. The mouthparts are slim, obviously suctorial, as de- scribed by Grandjean (1958) for the typical genus > \ PIEINAN INN / NS EDEN 2 7 Fig. 3. Lamellocepheus personatus Berlese. A. Lateral aspect. 3B. Dorsal aspect. 3C. Ventral aspect. The arrows indicate the anterior depression of notogaster. Charassobates Grandjean, 1958. Lamellocepheus per- sonatus shows a less obvious depression in the ante- rior half of the notogaster compared with that in C. cavernosus (Grandjean, 1929), as illustrated with care by Grandjean (1958), thus this notogastal de- pression might be a family character (Some further Charassobates species with notogastal depression are described from South America, mostly without de- tails). The general body shape, the lamellar con- struction, the rostral incision and the suctorial mouthparts are common in both genera. The differences in the more obvious characters are the loss of pedotecta II, 13 pairs of notogastal setae (with centrodorsal setae), the less obvious dens- like tuberculi in epimeres IV, 3 pairs of setae on epimeres IV, no aggenital carinae, the full set of three adanal setae in Charassobates, as to be in con- trast to L. personatus. The epimeral IV region and the aggenital ridges are similar in L. personatus and in the argentinian charassobatid species, Topalia proble- matica Balogh & Csiszar, 1963, which has some oth- er specific characteristics (cf. Balogh & Csiszar 1963, Balogh & Balogh 1992). But we cannot decide which of the specific differentiating characters in Lamello- cepheus are diagnostic for the genus or for the spe- cies L. personatus; the genus is monotypical up to now. The loss of pedotecta II in Charassobates caver- nosus, by Grandjean (1958) indicated as family spe- cific, is only a genus character, at most. The description of Lamellocepheus ambitus Kuli- ev, 1966 (Kuliev 1966), found in Azerbaidzhan and Georgia (Karppinen et al. 1987), refers no characters [597 m [911 which are not found in L. personatus also, as de- scribed by Mahunka & Mahunka-Papp (1995) and this paper. We regard it as junior synonym to L. personatus. Acknowledgments The second author (M.M.) wishes to express her grati- tude to the Deutsche Akademische Austauschdienst (DAAD) for giving the opportunity to provide the re- searches in Germany. References Balogh, J. 1961. Identification keys of world oribatid (Acari) families and genera. — Acta Zool. Hung. 7: 243-344 -- &P. Balogh 1992. The Oribatid mites genera of the world. Vol. 1-2. - Hung. Nat. Mus. Press, 263 pp., 375 tab. -- & J. Csiszär 1963. The zoological results of Gy Topal’s collectings in South Argentina. — Oribatei (Acarina). Ann. Hist. Nat. Mus. natn. Hung. 55: 463-485 Berlese, A. 1910. Lista di nuove specie e nuovi generi di Acari. — Redia 6: 242-271 —— 1913. Acari nuovi. — Redia 9: 77-111 Bernini, F. 1970. Notulae Oribatologicae 2. Gli Oribatei (Acarida) delle Alpi Apuane (1. serie). - Lav. Soc. Ital. Biogeogr. (N. S.) 1: 390-429 -- 1979. Notulae oribatologicae 21. Carabodes apuani- cus, una nuova specie delle Alpi Apuane (Acarida, Oribatida). - Redia 62: 325-333 226 Grandjean, F. 1958. Charassobates cavernosus Grandj. 1929 (Acarien, Oribate). - Mem. Mus. nat. Hist. natur. 16: 121-140 -- 1962. Le genre Tegeocranellus Berl. 1913 (Oribates). — Acarologia 4: 78-100 -- 1964 La solenidiotaxie des Oribates. — Acarologia 6: 529-556 Karppinen, E., Krivolutsky, D. A., Tarba, Z. M., Shtan- chaeva, U. Y. &E. W. Gordeeva 1987. List of oribat- id mites (Acarina, Oribatei) of northern palaearctic region. 3. Caucasus and Crimea. — Ann. Ent. Fenn. 53: 119-137 Kuliev, K. A. 1966. [New representatives of the oribatid mites from Azerbaidzhan] (in Russian). - Doklady Akad. Nauk Azerb. SSR, 22(3): 75-82 Mahunka, S. 1987. A survey of the family Carabodidae C.L. Koch, 1836 (Acari: Oribatida), II. - Acta Zool. Hung. 33: 399-434 -- &L. Mahunka-Papp 1995. The oribatid species de- scribed by Berlese (Acari). - Hung. Nat. Hist. Mu- seum (ed), Nagy-Gaspar, Budapest, 325 pp. Perez-Inigo, C. 1997. Acari: Oribatei, Gymnonota. — In: Ramos, M. A. (ed.), Fauna Iberica, vol. 9. Mus. Nac. Cien. Natur., Madrid: 374 pp. Salinas, A. M. 1971. Una nueva especie de Oribätido de la Sierra de Gredos (Acari, Oribatei).— Eos 46: 359- 364 Schuster, R. 1965. Über die Morphologie und Verbrei- tung einiger in Mitteleuropa seltener Milben (Aca- ri-Oribatei). — Mitt. Naturwiss. Ver. Steiermark 95: 211-228 Sellnick, M. & K. H. Forsslund 1953. Die Gattung Cara- bodes C. L. Koch 1836 in der schwedischen Boden- fauna (Acar. Oribat.). - Ark. Zool. 4: 367-389 227-242 München, 01. November 2003 ISSN 0341-8391 The genus Kovalenskiella Klein, 1963 from the ground waters of Greece, with description of Kovalenskiella dani, spec. nov., and a key to world recent species (Crustacea, Ostracoda, Limnocytheridae) Ivana Karanovic Karanovic, I. (2003): The genus Kovalenskiella Klein, 1963 from the ground waters of Greece, with description of Kovalenskiella dani, spec. nov., and a key to world recent species (Crustacea, Ostracoda, Limnocytheridae). — Spixiana 26/3: 227-242 In the present paper a new species, Kovalenskiella dani, spec. nov. is described and Kovalenskiella rudjakovi (Danielopol, 1969) and K. bulgarica (Danielopol, 1970) are redescribed. All species were collected in the subterranean waters of Greece. The new species differs from all other described recent species by the chaetotaxy of mandibula. Together with the new species, the genus Kovalenskiella now contains a total of five recent and four fossil species. A key to the world recent species is provided. Ivana Karanovic, Western Australian Museum, Francis Street, Perth 6000, WA, Australia Introduction The recent freshwater ostracod fauna of Greece is generally very poorly known. The only exception is the ostracod fauna of the Corfu Island, which is well known mainly through the work of Stephanides (1937, 1948, 1960, 1964a,b), and Klie (1936). Data about ostracods from other Greek regions are rare (Klie 1941, Schäfer 1945, Danielopol 1979, 1981, Petk- ovski & Keyser 1992), as no systematic investigation of the ostracod fauna has ever been undertaken in this country. Despite this, the following 14 species were described from the Greek inland waters (al- phabetical order, by original generic designation): Candona peliaca Schäfer, 1945, C. pseudocrenulata Schäfer, 1945, C. spelea Klie, 1941, Candonopsis thiene- manni Schäfer, 1945, C. trichota Schäfer, 1945, Cyclo- cypris scrobiculata Klie, 1936, Cypria inversa Klie, 1941, Eucypris elongata Stephanides, 1937, E. kerkyrensis Stephanides, 1937, Kliella hyaloderma Schäfer, 1945, Leptocythere ostrovskensis Petkovski & Keyser, 1992, Nannokliella dictyoconcha Schäfer, 1945, Physocypria kerkyrensis Klie, 1936, and Pseudolimnocythere hart- manni Danielopol, 1979. The majority of the men- tioned species, as well as the genera Kliella Schäfer, 1945 and Nanokliella Schäfer, 1945, are endemic to Greece. The number of species described from the subterranean waters (all above mentioned, except two species of the genus Eucypris, Cypria inversa, Cyclocypris scrobicula, Leptocythere ostrovskensis, and Physocypria kerkyrensis) suggests that karstic systems of Greece may contain more undescribed ostracod taxa. The results presented here support such a claim and provide encouragement for further inves- tigation of these habitats. The present paper deals with some of the ostra- cod species collected during intensive sampling of the subterranean fauna of Greece (mainly from wells) by Prof. Giuseppe L. Pesce and his colleagues; cope- pods collected in these samples have already been published (Pesce 1985, Pesce & Maggi 1983, Pesce et al. 1979). While other results concerning ostracods will be published elsewhere, here we are presenting species of the genus Kovalenskiella, i.e. one new Spe- m 159) N cies and two previously known but new for the ostracod fauna of Greece. Also, a key for identifica- tion of the world recent species is provided. Four recent species of the genus Kovalenskiella Klein, 1963 have been described until now: K. phreati- cola (Danielopol, 1965), K. cvetkovi (Danielopol, 1969), K. rudjakovi (Danielopol, 1969), and K. bulgarica (Da- nielopol, 1970). All these species were described in the genus Cordocyhtere Danielopol, 1965, and subse- quently (Danielopol 1971, 1980, Colin & Danielopol 1980) transferred these to the genus Kovalenskiella. K. rudjakovi was named by Danielopol (1969) on the basis of Rudjakov’s (1963) description of Metacypris sp. from Transcaucasia, while others were described after original material from Bulgaria and Romania (Danielopol 1965, 1969, 1970). There are also four fossil species in the genus: K. turianensis Klein, 1963, K. caudata (Lutz, 1965), K. prima (Carbonnel & Ritz- kowsky, 1969), and K. euboeaensis Mostafawi, 1994. Much has been written about the geological history and biogeography of the genus Kovalenskiella (see Danielopol 1980, Colin & Danielopol 1980). In brief, today all living species are confined to the subterra- nean environment of southern Europe, while their ancestors (from the same genus) had a wider distri- bution in the surface waters of Europe. Material and Methods Samples were collected using a modified Cvetkov net (Cvetkov 1967), mesh size 0.05 mm, and preserved in 4% neutralized formalin. Animals were later sorted in the laboratory under a stereo microscope Wild M8, and transferred into a solution (10:1) of ethanol and glycerol. Unfortunately, due to glycerol, carapaces of all ostra- cods were completely decalcified, and difficult to han- dle. Ostracods were dissected in an equal mixture of distilled water and glycerol with fine entomological needles (mark 000), under stereo microscope MBS-10. Dissected appendages were mounted in Faure’s medi- um. Carapaces, although completely decalcified, were mounted also in the drop of the Faure’s medium on the same slide with appendages. Drawings have been pre- pared using a drawing tube attachment on Leica-DMLS microscope, with C-PLAN achromatic objectives. All material is deposited in the Western Australian Museum (WAM). In the systematic part of this paper the length of all segments is measured in the middle of the segments, and length ratios are presented beginning with the prox- imal end. No abbreviations are used in text and figures. 228 Results Family Limnocytheridae Sars, 1925 Subfamily Timiriaseviinae Mandelstam, 1960 genus Kovalenskiella Klein, 1963 Kovalenskiella bulgarica (Danielopol, 1970) Figs 1-13 Cordocythere bulgarica, n. sp. - Danielopol (1970): 288, figs 2C, 4C, Tab. 1. Kovalenskiella bulgarica (Danielopol, 1970) — Danielopol (1980): 246, Tab. 2; Colin & Danielopol (1980): p. 24, Tab. 2.; Fig. 2 (I-J); Plate 3 (1-9); Plate 4 (1-3). Kovalenskiella bulgarica, n. sp.- Colin & Danielopol (1980): p- 22, Tab. 1. Material examined. 1. One ovigerous 2 (WAM C28370) from a nameless freshwater well in the village of Perdika near the town of Igoumenitsa, Epirus, Greece, February 28, 1975, collected by R. Argano & G. L. Pesce; 2. One ovigerous ? (WAM C28371) from a nameless freshwater well near the town of Ioanina, Epirus, Greece, February 23, 1976, collected by G. L. Pesce. Redescription Female. Length 0.37-0.43 mm. Greatest height situated on last third, equalling about 53 % oflength. Greatest width, on caudal end, equalling 70 % of length. In lateral view (Fig. 2) dorsal margin straight, on all its length, then with almost right angle pass- ing into posterior margin, while inclined towards anterior margin. Depending on animal position in lateral view, hump visible on last third. Both anteri- or and posterior margins rounded, ventral margin concave around mouth area. Line of concrescence narrow and with just several straight canals. Flange small but developed on anterior end of left valve. In dorsal view (Fig. 1) shell oviform with clear sulcus in middle. Anterior end pointed, posterior end wide- ly rounded, and with breeding cavity. Surface strong- ly sculptured and covered with relatively dense and stiff, rather thorn-like setae. Hinge, as in other rep- resentatives of genus, inverse lophodont, right valve clearly overlapping left one dorsally, anteriorly, posteriorly and ventrally. Antennula (Figs 9, 13). 6-segmented. First seg- ment without any seta, second with one seta situat- ed postero-medialy. Third segment with one seta antero-distally, which is pappose and reaches the middle-length of fifth segment. Fourth segment with one (Fig..13), or two (Fig. 9) setae antero-distally, of which one pappose seta exceeds the distal end of following segment and the other, if present, reaches the distal end of terminal segment. Penultimate seg- ment with altogether four setae: one smooth seta posteriorly (about 2.5x as long as penultimate seg- Br MN R YIn Figs 1-8. Kovalenskiella bulgarica (Danielopol, 1970). 1-4. 2, WAM C28370 (length 0.37 mm). 5-8. 2, WAM C 28371 (length 0.43 mm). 1. Carapace, dorsal view. 2. Left valve, internal view. 3. Mandibula. 4. Antenna. 5. End of the body with furca. 6. Carapace, ventral view. 7. Subterminal and terminal segments of mandibular palp. 8. Maxillular palp. Scales=0.1 mm. 229 12 © z | J| Figs 9-13. Kovalenskiella bulgarica (Danielopol, 1970). 9-12. 2, WAM C28370 (length 0.37 mm). 13. ?, WAM C28371 (length 0.43 mm). 9. Antennula. 10. Third walking leg (terminal claw slightly rotated). 11. First walking leg. 12. Second walking leg (endopodal segments rotated). 13. Antennula. Scale=0.1 mm. 230 ment); two smooth setae anteriorly (one of same length as posterior seta, the other slightly longer), and one pappose seta anteriorly (just exceeding ter- minal segment). Terminal segment with three “nor- mal” setae (one, situated most posteriorly, being longest, the other two situated more anteriorly, of about same length, and slightly less than double shorter than the posterior one), and with aesthetasc which are fused at proximal end with one of the anterior setae, being 3.2x as long as terminal seg- ment. Length ratio of six segments 4.1:3.6:1.5 :1:1.7:1.25. Anterior margins of almost all segments (except third) with row of hairs. Antenna (Fig. 4). 3-segmented. Exopodite long, exceeding distal end of terminal segment. First seg- ment without any seta. Second segment with one long (almost reaching distal end of following seg- ment), and pappose seta posteriorly. Third segment with one pappose seta and aesthetasc (equally long, and not reaching distal end of same segment) situat- ed postero-medially, and two setae antero-medially (both being smooth, one slightly exceeding distal end of third segment, the other not reaching distal end of same segment). Same segment with one pap- pose seta postero-distally, which is almost 2x as long as terminal segment. Terminal segment with 3 claws of subequal length (about 2 to 2.2x as long as terminal segment). Length-width ratio of penulti- mate segment 4.4:1, length ratio of three endopodal segments 2.1:7:1. Anterior margins of first three segments with bunches of hairs. Mandibula (Fig. 3). Exopodite with four setae. Coxa with about seven teeth. Mandibular palp con- sists of four segments. First and second segmants bearing one seta each on the inner side of append- age. Third segment with one seta internally and three setae externally. Terminal segment very small and with 3 terminal setae. All setae on mandibular palp smooth. Length ratio of segments on palp 11:8.3:83:1. Maxillulla with aberrant seta on branchial plate. Exopodiate with about 11 pappose setae. Maxillular palp (Fig. 8) consists of just one segment which distally bears two long pappose setae, and one small smooth seta situated laterally. Other maxillular en- dites with three to four claw-like setae. All endites elongated. First walking leg (Fig. 11). Protopodite with two pappose setae situated antero-proximally and two pappose seta antero-distally, and one long pappose seta postero-proximally. First endopodal segment with one pappose seta antero-distally which almost reaches the distal end of following segment. Third and fourth segments without setae but distally with row of hairs. Teminal claw just 1.5x as long as terminal segment, with one posterior thin seta (hard- ly visible). Length ratio of three protopodal seg- ments 1.8:1:1. Second walking leg (Fig. 12). Protopodite with two pappose setae antero-proximally, one pappose seta antero-distally, and one pappose seta postero- proximally. Firstendopodal segment with one short, pappose seta (only reaching middle length of fol- lowing segment) antero-distally. Anterior margin of second and third endopodal segments with row of hairs, as well as distal margin of terminal seg- ment. Terminal claw 1.4x as long as terminal seg- ment. Length ratio of three endopodal segments W9:1:1. Third walking leg (Fig. 10). Protopodite with two pappose setae antero-proximally, one pappose seta antero-distally, and one pappose seta postero- proximally. First endopodal segment with one pap- pose seta antero-distally (not reaching distal end of penultimate segment). Distal margins of penulti- mate and terminal segments, as well as anterior margin of terminal segment with row of hairs. Ter- minal claw very thin distally and 1.8x as long as terminal segment. Length ratio of three distal seg- ments 2321-1. Caudal end (Fig. 5) with one long claw-like ex- tension, few spinules, bunches of hairs, and rows of small spines. Furca typical for genus, with two lobes which are pappose and distally terminating in a small spine (hardly visible), the third one dilated basally (on Fig 5 this lobe sticked with basis). Male. Not known. Variability. Although the genus Kovalenskiella ap- parently is very conservative in external morpholo- gy, both of soft and hard parts, this particular spe- cies is variable in one character. In the ? from Igou- menitsa, the antennula on the fourth segment has only one seta, while the opposite appendage of the same animal bears two setae at that position. The other ? on both antennulae has just one pappose seta on the same segment. Distribution. At present, Kovalenskiella bulgarica is known from southern Bulgaria (Danielopol 1970), as well from south-western and central Greece (present records). Kovalenskiellla rudjakovi (Danielopol, 1969) Figs 14-32 Metacypris sp. - Rudjakov (1963): p. 32, Fig. 1. Cordocythere rudjakovi n. sp. - Danielopol (1969): p. 138, Plate 7, Figs 39-45. Cordocythere rudjakovi Danielopol — Danielopol (1970): 288, fig. 3 (B), Tab. 1. Cordocythere n. sp. — Danielopol (1970): 239, Tab. 1. Kovalenskiella sp.; Colin & Danielopol (1980): Fig. 5. 231 Kovalenskiella n. sp. - Colin & Danielopol (1980): Tab. 2. Kovalenskiella rudjakovi - Colin & Danielopol (1980): p. 31. Kovalenskiella n. sp. aff. rudjakovi - Danielopol (1971): p. 183. Colin & Danielopol (1980): p. 31. Material examined. 1. One ovigerous 2? (WAM C28372) and 1 juvenile 2? (WAM C28373) from a nameless fresh- water well in the village of Mithiinna, Lesbos Island, Greece, July 28, 1982, collected by G. L. Pesce. 2. One ovigerous $ (WAM C28374) from a nameless freshwater well in the village of Skoutaros, Lesbos Island, Greece, July 28, 1982, collected by G. L. Pesce. Redescription Female. Length of valves 0.377-0.434 mm. Great- est height situated on last third, equalling about 54 % of length. In lateral view (Figs 14, 15) dorsal margin straight on its whole length, then with al- most right angle passing into posterior margin, while sharply inclined towards anterior margin. Hump visible on posterior third of length. Both anterior and posterior margins rounded, but posterior one more broadly than anterior one. Marginal zone and line of concrescence not visible due to decalcifica- tion of carapace. Selvage peripheral anteriorly. Right valve overlapping left one on anterior and posterior ends, as well as dorsally and ventrally. Hinge typi- cal for genus. Valve surface strongly ornamented and covered with stiff, thorn like setae. Medial sul- cus present. Antennula (Fig. 17) 5-segmented. First segment without any seta, second with one long seta poste- ro-medially. Third segment with one pappose seta antero-distally (hardly reaching middle of follow- ing segment). Fourth segment with two long and one short pappose setae antero-distally (1.5x as long as terminal segment), and with one seta postero- distally, which is also pappose and 2.5x as long as terminal segment. Terminal segment with three se- tae and aesthetasc. Two setae (one of which accom- pany the aesthetasc) subequally long and about as long as all four endopodal segments combined, while the third one being about half as long. Aesthetasc 3.3x as long as terminal segment. Length ratio of five segments 3.5:3:1:2.5:1.1. Anterior margin of first and third endopodal segments with row of hairs. Some bunches of hairs also visible on posteri- or ends of both first and second endopodal seg- ments. Antenna (Fig. 16) 4-segmented. Exopodite long, reaching distal claws. Second segment with one long, pappose seta posteriorly which exceeds the middle of second endopodal segment. Third seg- ment with one pappose seta and aesthetasc situated postero-medially, of subequal length. Same segment antero-medially with only one seta, which almost reaches the distal end of same segment, smooth. 282 Penultimate segment also with one pappose seta situated postero-distally and reaching distal end of terminal segment. Terminal segment with 3 claws of subequal length, 2.4x as long as same segment. Length:width ratio of penultimate segment 4.1:1. Length ratios ofthree endopodal segments 1.3:5.5:1. Some stiff hairs visible antero-distally on first and second segments. Several bunches of hairs visible postero-distally on second segment, postero-proxi- mally, antero-proximally and antero-distally on pe- nultimate segment. Mandibula (Fig. 23). Coxa with about seven teeth. Exopodite with four setae. First and second segments of Mandibular palp with one seta each situated intero-distally. Third segment with two setae situated externally and one seta intero-distal- ly. Fourth segment with three setae distally (Fig. 24). All setae smooth. Length ratios of four seg- ments of mandibular palp equal 10:5:5:1. Maxillula. Branchial plate with one aberrant seta, and about 11 pappose long setae. Maxillular palp (Fig. 25) with just one segment, distally with two long pappose setae and one short and smooth seta positioned laterally. N First walking leg (Fig. 30). Protopodite with two setae (one being pappose) antero-proximally, two Pappose setae antero-distally, and one pappose seta postero-proximally. First endopodal segment with one pappose seta antero-distally (almost reaching distal end of second endopodal segment). Terminal claw with one thin seta posteriorly. Claw being 1.5x as long as terminal segment. Length ratios of three endopodal segments equal 1.8:1:1. Second walking leg (Fig. 29). Protopodite with three pappose setae anteriorly, and one pappose seta posteriorly. Second segment with one pappose seta antero-distally, which almost reaches the distal end of following segment. Following segment, as well as terminal one without setae. Terminal seg- ment distally with row of hairs. Terminal claw with one thin seta posteriorly. Same claw being 1.4x as long as terminal segment. Length ratio of three en- dopodal segments 2:1:1. Third walking leg (Fig. 28). Protopodite with three pappose setae anteriorly and one pappose seta posteriorly. First endopodal segment with one pappose seta antero-distally, not reaching distal end of following segment. Terminal claw with one thin seta posteriorly. Same claw 2.4x as long as terminal segment. Claw slightly serrated. Distal margins of first and third endopodal segments with row of hairs. Length ratio of three endopodal segments 2.6:1:T. Furca (Fig. 31). As in other representatives of genus: with two distinct lobes and one smaller lobe, dilated basally. BR = DIET Figs 14-20. Kovalenskiella rudjakovi (Danielopol, 1969). 14-17. 2, WAM C 28372 (length 0.434 mm). ne WAM C28373 (length 0.287 mm). 14. Right valve, external view. 15. Left valve, internal view. dei 3 u 17. Antennula. 18. Left valve, internal view. 19. Carapace, dorsal view. 20. Carapace, ventral view. Scales=(0. j 233 Figs 21-25. Kovalenskiella rudjakovi (Danielopol, 1969). 21-22. Juvenile, WAM C28373 (length 0.287 mm). 23-24. 9, WAM C28372 (length 0.434 mm). 21. Maxillula. 22. Antenna. 23. Mandibula. 24. Terminal segment of mandibular palp. 25. Maxillular palp. Scales=0.1 mm. - 234 Figs. 26-32. Kovalenskiella rudjakovi (Danielopol, 1970). 26-27. Juvenile, WAM C28373 (length 0.287 mm). 28-32. 9, WAM 28372 (length 0.434 mm). 26. Third walking leg. 27. Furca. 28. Third walking leg. 29. Second walking leg. 30. First walking leg. 31. Furca. 32. End of the body. Scale=0.1 mm. 235 Caudal end (Fig. 32) with one claw-like exten- sion, few thorns and several rows of spines. Male. Not known. Juvenile female. Length about 0.287 mm. Cara- pace (Fig. 18, 19) with clearly wider anterior end than in adult female. Anterior seta on antenna (Fig. 22) much shorter than in adult. Third walking leg 3-segmented (Fig. 26). All appendages with more stocky appearance than in adult, otherwise number of setae on all appendages same as in adult. Furca (Fig. 27) with all lobes developed. Variability. According to the drawings provid- ed by Rudjakov (1963), the juvenile specimen from Transcaucasia has only three setae on the fourth antennular segment. Later Danielopol (1970) found one very similar species in Romania, which he des- ignated as Cordocythere n. sp. The main difference between this species and K. rudjakovi is, according to Danielopol (1970), the presence of four instead of three setae on the penultimate segment on antennu- la. All our specimens have four setae on the same segment, and we assume that Rudjakov (1963), hav- ing justjuveniles, maybe overlooked one seta (which is indeed thin). Rudjakov (1963) collected altogether 5 juveniles and it must be pointed out that at least the illustrated juvenile was probably just on the last instar, because the third walking leg was 4-seg- mented, and the specimen was about 0.38 mm long. Other specimens collected in Transcaucasia were smaller and there are no data about their morphol- ogy. The only juvenile specimen collected in Greece is one of the lower instars, because it has 3-segment- ed third walking leg (Fig. 26), and is much smaller (0.287 mm) comparing with adult. Distribution. Kovalenskiella rudjakovi is known from the karstic areas of Transcaucasia (Rudjakov 1963) and Romania (Danielopol 1970), as well as from two wells on the island of Lesbos (present records). Kovalenskiella dani, spec. nov. Figs 33-48 Types. Holotype: ovigerous ? (WAM C28375), from a nameless freshwater well in the village of Petra, Lesbos, Greece, July 28, 1982, collected by G. L. Pesce. — Para- type, a juvenile 2? (WAM C28376), same data. Description Holotype (female). Length 0.33 mm. Greatest height situated on last third, equalling 52 % oflength. Greatest width about 60 % of length. Dorsal margin straight on all its length, then with almost right angle passing into posterior margin, while evenly rounded towards anterior margin. Also, dorsal mar- 236 gin slightly inclined towards posterior end. Hump visible depending on position of valves. Anterior and posterior margins rounded, but anterior mar- gin more evenly. Ventral margin slightly concave around mouth region. Clear flange developed ante- riorly on left valve. Selvage serrated on posterior and ventral ends, placed inwardly. Line of fusion short and with straight canals. Marginal zone not recognizable due to strong decalcification of cara- pace. Four muscle scars present. Hinge inverse lo- phodont. Surface strongly ornamented, typically for the genus, and with one sulcus medially. Surface also covered with spine-like setae. Antennula (Fig. 43) 6-segmented. First segment without any seta. Second segment with one pap- pose seta more postero-proximally. Third segment with one pappose seta antero-distally (this seta reach- ing middle of penultimate segment). Fourth seg- ment with one pappose seta antero-distally, which reaches the middle of terminal segment. Penulti- mate segment with altogether four setae: one smooth postero-distally (3x as long as terminal segment), two pappose antero-distally (one short and 1.5x as long as terminal segment, the other long and almost 5x as long as same segment), and one smooth ante- ro-distally (just slightly longer than short pappose seta). Terminal segment with three smooth setae and aesthetasc. Seta which accompany aesthetasc being longest and 8x as long as terminal segment, the anterior one being about 6.5x as long as termi- nal segment, while the shortest one about 3x as long as same segment. Aesthetasc being about 3x as long as terminal segment. Length ratios of six an- tennular sesmentszequal, 3.7 33-11 2SEseszele Anterior margins of all endopodal segments with row of hairs. Antenna (Fig. 45) 4-segmented. Exopodite almost reaching distal end of claws. Second segment with one pappose seta posteriorly, which exceeds mid- dle length of following segment. Penultimate seg- ment with one seta antero-medially which not reach- ing distal end of same segment, two setae (of which one aesthetasc) postero-medially, and one pappose seta postero-distally (about 2x longer than terminal segment). Terminal segment with three claws, of about same length and being 3x longer than termi- nal segment. Length : width ratio of penultimate segment 2.75:1. Length ratios of three endopodal segments as follows 1.3:5:1. Bunches of hairs visi- ble on anterior margins of first three segments. Mandibular palp (Fig. 36) with one pappose seta on first segment intero-distally, following seg- ment without any seta; penultimate segment with one seta extero-medially, one seta extero-distally, and one seta intero-distally. Terminal segment with three strong and more claw-like setae, two of them Mn / ) D an N) Ay ODER (OD) Y ns a I) er > I) (8 ei) J 33-35 Figs 33-37. Kovalenskiella dani, spec. nov. Holotype, ? (length 0.33 mm). 33. Left valve, internal view. 34. Left valve, external view. 35. Right valve, external view. 36. Mandibular palp. 37. Furca. Scales 0.1 mm. setae, first with three setae visible. All endites elon- Third and second endites with about four claw-like gated. setae, and one additional inserted more laterally. being pappose. Exopodite on Mandibula with four Maxillula with aberrant seta on branchiale plate. Maxillular palp (Fig. 44) distally with two pappose setae. 237 39-42 Figs 38-42. Kovalenskiella dani, spec. nov. 38-41. Holotype, 2 (length 0.33 mm). 42. Paratype, juvenile (length 0.267 mm). 38. Carapace, dorsal view. 39. First walking leg. 40. Third walking leg. 41. Second walking leg. 42. Third walking leg. Scales=0.1 mm. 238 < JR me) Figs 43-48. Kovalenskiella dani, spec. nov. 43-45. Holotype, 2 (length 0.33 mm). 46-48. Paratype, juvenile (length 0.267 mm). 43. Antennula. 44. Maxillula, detail. 45. Antenna. 46. Mandibular palp. 47. Carapace, dorsal view. 48. Right valve, external view. Scales=0.1 mm. 239 First walkingleg (Fig. 39). Protopodite with four pappose setae anteriorly, and one pappose seta pos- teriorly. First endopodal segment with one pappose seta antero-distally (which reaches the distal end of following segment). Terminal claw with very short seta posteriorly. Same claw 1.6x as long as terminal segment. Length ratios of three endopodal segments 1.8:1:1. Anterior margin of allendopodal segments with rows of hairs. Second walking leg (Fig. 41). Protopodite with three pappose setae anteriorly, and one pappose seta posteriorly. First endopodal segment with pap- pose seta antero-distally which not reach the distal end of following segment. Terminal claw with one small, thin seta posteriorly. Same claw 1.8x as long as terminal segment. Length ratios of three endopo- dal segments 2:1:1. Third walking leg (Fig. 40) with three pappose setae anteriorly, and one pappose seta posteriorly on protopodite. First endopodal segment with one short, pappose seta antero-distally (not reaching distal end of following segment). Terminal claw quite long, 2.35% as long as terminal segment. Same claw posteriorly with one small, thin seta. Length ratios of three endopodal segments 2.6:1:1. Anteri- or margins of first and second endopodal segments with rows of hairs. All walking legs with stocky appearance of third and fourth segments, especially on third walking leg. Third walking leg just slightly bigger than second one. Furca (Fig. 37) with two lobes clearly visible, while additional furcal lobe, typical for genus, not observed. Paratype (juvenile). Carapace (Figs 47-48) small- er than in adult, 0.267 mm. Penultimate segment on third walking leg (Fig. 42) undivided, but otherwise all other appendages same as in adult 2. Male. Not known. Etymology. The species is named in honour to Dr. Dan L. Danielopol from the Limnological Institute of Vienna, as an acknowledgment for his great contribution to the taxonomy and evolution of the genus Kovalenskiella. The name is an adjective, agreeing with the feminine gender of the genus. Distribution. Kovalenskiella dani, spec. nov. isknown only from the type locality. Key to recent species of the genus Kovalenskiella Klein, 1963 Iantennmlarssermented .n..... ereeere N NR rudjakovi (Danielopol, 1969) —Antenoulane-sesmented. en en 2. 240 2. Second segment of mandibular palp without ANyASelam.cenesnane seen Meere et dani, spec. nov. — Samersesment wlihlllselar 3. 3. Antenna on second segment with 2 setae ante- ro-mediallyere... bulgarica (Danielopol, 1970) -— Antenna on same segment with 1 seta ............ 4. 4. Fourth segment of antennula with 2 setae poste- TIOLy ee... cvetkovi (Danielopol, 1969) - Fourth segment of antennula with 1 seta poste- HIORLy: 2 phreaticola (Danielopol, 1965) Discussion Kovalenskiella dani, spec. nov. differs from all the other known species of the genus by the chaetotaxy ofthe mandibula, i.e. the absence of any setae on the inner side of the second segment of the mandibular palp, and by the presence of two setae externally on the penultimate segment of the same appendage. By its developed flange on the anterior end of the left valve, the new species is very closely related to K. phreaticola (Danielopol, 1965), described from Romania (Danielopol, 1965). On the other side, the presence of just two setae externally on the penulti- mate segment ofthe mandibular palp relates it close- ly to K. rudjakovi (Danielopol, 1969) which, howev- er, differs from all other living Kovalenskiella species by having a 5-segmented antennula. One of our specimens of K. bulgarica (Danielo- pol, 1970) has two setae on the fourth segment of one antennula, which is actually a character of K. cvet- kovi (Danielopol, 1969). This is not noticed in the other specimen, nor on the opposite antennula of the same aberrant specimen. The presence of two setae anteriorly on the antenna in K. bulgarica still clearly separates this species from K. cvetkovi, which has one seta at this position. The mentioned varia- bility increases the confusion in the taxonomy of the genus (see further discussion), where chaetotaxy of antennula, antenna, and mandibula are almost the only distinguishing features for the living species. If further investigations of the Kovalenskiella species would show even greater variability in the chaeto- taxy, then, unfortunately, the specific status of some species may become questionable. The whole genus Kovalenskiella Klein, 1963 has a characteristic appearance of the carapace, both in dorsal and lateral views, as noticed by Danielopol (1970). For this reason, fossil species are not includ- ed in the key to the species, provided above. Among fossil species, two can be distinguished from the rest of the known species by markedly developed caudal processions on the carapace that are spine like and visible when observed from lateral side. Those are: Kovalenskiella caudata (Lutz, 1965) and K. prima (Carbonnel & Ritzkowsi, 1969). The first species was described from Miocene freshwater de- posits in southern Germany (Lutz 1965), while the former was described from Oligocene lake deposits in northern Germany (Carbonnel & Ritzkowski, 1969). The appearance of K. caudata incredibly re- minds one of that of Frambocythere tumiensis (Helm- dach, 1978) which is the type species of the genus Frambocythere Colin, 1980, and it is found in Creta- ceous deposits of northern Spain and France (see Colin & Danielopol 1980). The main feature which distinguishes the genus Frambocythere from Kovalen- skiella is the presence of two sulci on the carapace in the former, whereas Kovalenskiella species have only one sulcus. Lutz (1965) in the description of K. cau- data stated that it has only one sulcus on the valves, but on his figure 27/a there are clearly two sulci indicated. This may indicate that K. caudata actually belongs to the genus Frambocythere. In the species K. prima an additional sulcus is not visible. Although Car- bonnel & Ritzkowski (1969) mentioned in their de- scription that this species possesses two spines pos- tero-ventrally, this feature is not as markedly devel- oped as in K. caudata. Mostafawi (1994) described K. euboeanensis Mostafawi, 1994 from Upper Plicene freshwater deposites of Euboa Island (Greece). This species has tubercles (one bigger, other smaller) pos- tero-caudally that are much duller and not as mark- edly developed as in the species mentioned above. Clearly, according to other features of the carapace (one sulcus, and characteristically ornamented car- apace), this species belongs to the genus Kovalens- kiella. Colin & Danielopol (1980) reported one unde- scribed species from the same island, which may be the same that Mostafawi (1994) described. Also Co- lin & Danielopol (1980) and Danielopol (1976, 1980) mentioned three undescribed species of the genus Kovalenskiella: one each from Romania (Colin & Dani- elopol 1980, pl. 1), northern Italy (Colin & Danielo- pol 1980, pl. 5, figs 10-11), and Austria (Danielopol 1976, Danielopol 1980, fig. 2. A-B). The Romanian species differs from the Italian one by having a developed flange on both valves (see Colin & Danie- lopol, tab. 1). This feature is not known in the Aus- trian species, which is however probably the same as the Italian one. From all those species only the carapace was collected and mainly in interstitial waters. Although Colin & Danielopol (1980) and Danielopol (1980) suspect that they are recent spe- cies this can hardly be proven, and they will remain unnamed until further details of their morphology can be provided. All those species also have developed turbercles postero-ventrally, as seen in K. phreaticola, K. cvetkovi and K. bulgarica (see Colin & Danielopol 1980). In the new species tubercles were not recorded, but our specimens of K. dani have completely decalcified carapace, so this cannot be claimed with complete certainty. The last fossil species, and the type-spe- cies of the genus, Kovalneskiella turianensis Klein, 1963 was described from Pliocene deposits of Azerbaijan (town of Baku on the Caspian Sea) (Klein 1963). The subspecies K. turianensis praeturiensis Vekua (1975), was recorded from Pliocene deposits in Tuapse (Rus- sian Federation) which is on the shore of the Black Sea. The type species lacks any tubercules postero- ventrally, like K. rudjakovi (Danielopol, 1969). The locations of both subspecies (especially the second one) are relatively close to the locality from which K. rudjakovi was described, i.e. the town of Kutaisi (Transcaucasia). This was pointed out by Colin & Danielopol (1980) who also doubted the age of de- posits where subspecies praeturiensis was found (they suspected that the species actually origins from younger deposits). K. rudjakovi now has a wider distribution than previously thought, as we found it in Greece and assigned to it some unnamed speci- mens from Romania (see synonymy for this species). K. rudjakovi may be a younger synonym of K. turi- anensis, especially if Colin & Danielopol (1980) were right in doubting the age of deposits. As with many ostracod fossils, these questions remains unresolved due to the great similarities in shape of carapace with recent species. In many such cases it can be claimed with great probability that they belong to the same genus, and if the ages of deposits are sufficiently different we may have the case of separate species. Genera like Kovalenskiella, where all species have almost identical carapace appearance, are an exam- ple of the difficulties that both zoologists and palae- ontologists have when identifying species. References Carbonnel, G. & 5. Ritzkowski 1969. Ostracodes lacus- tres de l’Oligocene (Melanienton) de la Hesse, Alle- magne. — Arch. Sc. Geneve 22(1): 55082 Colin, J. P. & D. L. Danielopol 1980. Sur la morphologie, la systematique, la biogeographie et l’Evolution des ostracodes Timiriseviinae (Limnocytheridae). - Paleobiol. Continent. 11(1): 1-51 Cvetkov, L. 1967. Un filet phreatobiologique. — Bull. Inst. Mus. Sofia 27: 215-219 Danielopol, D. L. 1965. Nouvelles donne&es sur les ostra- codes d’eau douce de Romanie: Cordocythere phrae- aticola n. g. n. sp., Eucypris petkovskii n. sp., Limno- cytherini et Metacyprini nouvelles tribus de la sous-famille Limnocytherinae Sars, 1925. — Annls Limnol. 1(3): 443-468 241 -- 1969. Notes sur la morphologie et la systematique de la sous famille Limnocytherinae Sars (Crustacea, Ostracoda). - Annls Speleol. 24(1): 129-142 -- 1970. Sur la morphologie, origine et la repartition du genre Cordocythere Dan. (Ostracoda-Cytheridae). - In: Orghidan, T & M. Dumitresco (eds), Livre du centenaire Emile G. Racovitza/ Acad. R. S. Roma- nie, Bucarest: 287-299 -- 1971. Quelques remarques sur le peuplement os- tracodologique des eaux douces souterraines d’Eu- rope. — Boll. Centre Rech. Pau. - SNPA 5: 179-190 -- 1976. Sur la distribution geographique de la faune interstitielle du Danube et de certains de ses afflu- ents en Basse-Autriche. - Int. J. Speleol. 8: 323-329 -- 1979. On the origin and the antiquity of the Pseu- dolimnocythere species (Ostracoda, Loxoconchidae). — Biol. Gallo-Hellen. 8: 99-107 -- 1980. An essay to assess the age of the freshwater interstitial ostracods of Europe. - Bijdr. Dierk. 50(2): 243-291 -- 1981. Distribution of ostracods in the groundwater of the North Western Coast of Euboea (Greece). — Int. J. Speleol. 11: 91-103 Klein, L. N. 1963. Novye ostrakody iz verhnepliocen- ovyh i antropogenovyh otlozchnii Azerbaidzcha- na. — Vopros. Geol. 2: 91-97 Klie, W. 1936. Zwei neue Süßwasser Ostracoden der Unterfamilie Candonocyprinae von der Insel Kor- fu. - Zoll. Anz. 113(11/12): 325-331 -- 1941. Süßwasserostracoden aus Südosteuropa. — Zool. Anz. 133(11/12): 243-244 Lutz, A. K. 1965. Jungtertiäre Süßwasser-Ostracoden aus Süddeutschland. — Geol. Jb. 82: 271-330 Mostafawi, N. 1994. Süßwasser-OÖstracoden aus dem Ober-Pliozan von N-Euboa (Griechenland). - N. Jb. Geol. Palaont. Mh. 5: 309-319 55) > D Pesce, G. L. 1985. Stygobiological researches in subterra- nean waters of Lespos (Greece) and description of Stygonitocrella petkovskii n. sp. - Fragm. Balc. 12(12): 125-139 -- &D. Maggi. 1983. Richerche faunistiche in aquae sotterranee freatiche della Grecia Meridionale ed Insulare e stato attuale delle conosenze sulla stigo- fauna di Grecia. — Natura, Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Acquario Civ. 74(1-2): 15-73 -—- ,D. Maggi, A. Ciocca & R. Argano 1979. Biological researches on the subterranean phreatic waters of Northern Greece. - Biol. Gallo-Helen. 8: 109-126 Petkovksi, T. & D. Keyser. 1992. Leptocythere ostrovskensis sp. n. (Crustacea, Ostracoda, Cytheracae) aus dem See Vegoritis (Ostrovsko Ezero) in NW Griechen- land. - Mitt. hamb. zool. Mus. Inst. 89: 227-237 Rudjakov, I. A. 1963. O faune pescherniih ostracoda Zapadnogo Zakavkazia. — Zool. Zch. 42(1): 32-40 Schäfer, H. W. 1945. Grundwasser-Ostracoden aus Griechenland. — Arch. Hydrobiol. 40(4): 847-866 Stephanides, T. 1937. Zwei neue Eucypris -Arten (Ostr.) von der Insel Korfu. - Zool. Anz. 119(9/ 10): 268-271 -- 1948. A survey of the freshwater biology of Corfu and certain other regions of Greece. — Praktika, Inst. Hellen. Hydrobiol. 2(2): 1-263 -- 1960. Some notes on the Entomostraca of Corfu Greece after interval of 23 years. — Praktika, Inst. Hellen. Hydrobiol. 7(2): 2-10 -- 1964a. Some further notes on the Entomostraca of Corfu, Greece, after an interval of 25 years. — Prak- tika, Inst. Hellen. Hydrobiol. 9(3): 3-10 -- 1964b. Seasonal variations of Notodromas persica in the Island of Corfu, Greece. - Praktika, Inst. Hellen. Hydrobiol. 9(5): 3-8 SPIXIANA 243-247 München, 01 -November 2003 ISSN 0341-8391 The larvae of Polycentropus corniger McLachlan, 1884 and Polycentropus intricatus Morton, 1910 (Insecta, Trichoptera, Polycentropodidae, Polycentropodinae) Rufino Vieira-Lanero, Marcos A. Gonzälez & Fernando Cobo Vieira-Lanero, R., M. A. Gonzälez & F. Cobo (2003): The larvae of Polycentropus corniger McLachlan, 1884 and Polycentropus intricatus Morton, 1910 (Insecta, Tricho- ptera, Polycentropodidae, Polycentropodinae). — Spixiana 26/3: 243-247 The fifth instar larvae of Polycentropus corniger McLachlan, 1884, and P. intricatus Morton, 1910 are described for the first time and the main taxonomic characters are figured. These larvae are easily distinguished from those of the remainder Iberian species of the genus by some differences in the head colour pattern, protarsal length, and angle of the anal claws. Additionally, some notes on distribution and ecological preferences are included. Rufino Vieira-Lanero, Marcos A. Gonzälez & Fernando Cobo. Departamento de Biologia Animal, Facultad de Biologia, Universidad de Santiago de Compostela. E-15782 Santiago de Compostela (A Coruna), Spain; e-mail: barufo@usc.es Introduction According to Gonzalez et al. (1992) and Terra (1994), the Polycentropodidae are represented in the Iberi- an Peninsula by four genera: Cyrnus Stephens, 1836, Plectrocnemia Stephens, 1836, Polycentropus Curtis, 1835, and Pseudoneureclipsis Ulmer, 1913. Neverthe- less, it should be noted that, in a recent paper, Tachet et al. (2001) noted difficulties placing Pseu- doneureclipsis in Polycentropodidae, and Li et al. (2001) concluded that Pseudoneureclipsis should be removed from Polycentropodidae and placed in Dipseudopsidae. The protarsi and anal claws are used by Eding- ton (1964) to separate the last instar larvae of Poly- centropus from those of other British Polycentropod- idae. Cyrnus larvae have always four blunt teeth on the inside margin of the anal claw which are absent in Polycentropus larvae. Besides this, protarsi are about the same length as the tibiae in Plectrocnemia larvae while they are less than half the length of the tibiae in the last instar larvae of almost all Polycen- tropus species (about two thirds of the tibial length in P. corniger). Moreover, the cephalic capsule is narrower (in relation to its length) in Polycentropus than in Plectrocnemia larvae. According to Gonzälez et al. (1992) and Terra (1994), seven Polycentropus species were noted from the Iberian Peninsula: P. corniger McLachlan, 1884, P. flavomaculatus (Pictet, 1834), P. intricatus Morton, 1910, P. irroratus Curtis, 1835, P. kingi McLachlan, 1881, P. telifer McLachlan, 1884, and P. terrai Mali- cky, 1980. The main larval diagnostic characters of P. fla- vomaculatus were presented (among other authors) by Lestage (1921), Bournaud et al. (1964), Lepneva (1964), Hickin (1967), Steinmann (1970), Moretti (1983), Sedlak (1985), Pitsch (1993), Edington & Hil- drew (1995), and Waringer & Graf (1997). Larval characters of P. irroratus (previously described as P. multiguttatus Curtis, 1835) are available in the papers of Bournaud et al. (1964), Edington (1964), Hickin (1967), Moretti (1983), Sedlak (1985), Pitsch (1993), Edington & Hildrew (1995), and Waringer & Graf (1997). Wallace & Wallace (1983) include also some notes on this species. Finally, the main larval diagnostic characters of P. kingi were described or illustrated in the papers of Moretti (1983), Edington (1964), Hickin (1967), Pitsch (1993), Edington & Hil- drew (1995), and Waringer & Graf (1997). 2 Figs 1-2. Head capsule, dorsal view (last instar larva). 1. P. corniger McLachlan. 2. P. intricatus Morton. 244 5 Figs 3-6. Prothoracic leg (tibia, tarsus and tarsal claw) and anal claw of the last instar larva. 3-4. P. corniger McLachlan. 5-6. P. intricatus Morton. The immature stages of the remaining four species are unknown. In this paper we describe the last instar larvae of P. corniger and P. intricatus. Material and methods Material studied: 22 larvae and one mature pupa of P. corniger; 68 larvae and 8 mature pupae of P. intricatus, all from several localities of Galicia (NW Spain). Field collected pupae were used for the specific de- termination of the aquatic stages, larval exuviae from mature pupae with distinct genitalia were examined thereby ensuring the association between larval and adult specimens. The main diagnostic characters used to distinguish the Polycentropus species larvae (cf. Wallace & Wallace, 1983) are related to the cephalic pigmentation, the pro- tarsi/protibiae length ratio, and the angle of the anal claws. For the description of the larval characters, we have adopted the terminology used by Williams & Wiggins (1981) and Edington & Hildrew (1995). Results Polycentropus corniger McLachlan, 1884 Figs 1, 3,4 Description of the last instar larva Larval length up to 14-15 mm (N =7). Head (Fig. 1). Mean length: 1.70 mm; mean width: 1.51 mm (N=7). Head light brown, with a uniform colour (without dark bands nor marked discontinuities of pigment); area around the eyes and ventral side of the head even lighter. Muscle attachment spots of dark colour and clearly defined on dorsum, lateral areas and posterior area of ge- nae. The posterior muscle attachment spots of the frontoclypeal apotome lie ahead of the posterior setal alveoli (seta 6). The setae 6, 9 and 14 are the longest of the head capsule. Labrum concolorous with head dorsum and without median dark spot in the posterior margin. Mandibles with a sharp apical tooth and with 3 teeth in both dorsal and ventral blades. Left mandi- ble with a group of indented setae in the concavity. Thorax. Pronotum concolorous with head, ante- rior third lighter than the posterior two thirds. Meso- and metadorsum with one seta in sal, three in sa2 and two setae in sa3. The prothoracic tarsi (Fig. 3) are about two thirds of tibial length. Lower distal end of the tarsus with well developed and numer- ous pectinate setae. Abdomen. Typical of the genus. Lateral line in segment I composed by two long, dark setae and one small, transparent seta. Segments II-VIII with a lateral line of long dark setae, mainly inserted in the anterior and posterior thirds of the segment. Dorsum of segment IX with two very small scle- rites in posterior position, each with two tiny setae and a long, black seta inserted posteriorly. The anal claw (Fig. 4) is right-angled. Discussion. Among the Iberian Polycentropus spe- cies, P. corniger is differentiated by having a rela- tively long protarsus. Thus, the tarsus of P. corniger clearly exceeds half the length of the respective tibia (Fig. 3), attaining about % of the tibial length. The protarsi of the remaining Iberian species of the ge- nus (cf. Fig. 5) are, at most, twice the length of the tibiae. Nevertheless, it should be noted that, accord- ing with some drawings (see Pitsch 1993, p. 208, and Waringer & Graf 1997, p. 107, fig. 8), the protarsus of P. irroratus is almost as long as half the length of the tibia. Moreover, the cephalic capsule of P. irrora- tus (cf. Pitsch 1993, Edington & Hildrew 1995, Wa- ringer & Graf 1997) and P. corniger are very similar in colour. However, the anal claw of P. irroratus is obtuse-angled (cf. Wallace & Wallace 1983, Warin- ger & Graf 1997), whereas it is right-angled in P. cor- niger (Fig. 4). Polycentropus intricatus Morton, 1910 Eies2 7976 Description of the last instar larva Larval length up to 18.2-19.5 mm (N =20). Head (Fig. 2). Mean length: 2.07 mm; mean width: 1.77 mm (N=20). Square, slightly wider at the posterior part and with conspicuous muscle attachment spots. Ground colour of the head dor- sum light brown, with pale areas around the eyes and setal alveoli. Posterior part of the frontoclypeal apotome (behind the muscle attachment spots) pal- er than the ground colour of the head, and frontal area with a pale Y-shape area. Ventral side of the head of light colour, with clearly visible spots in the posterior part of the genae, near the occipital fo- ramen. Labrum concolorous with head dorsum, with a median dark spot in the posterior margin. Mandi- bles with a sharp apical tooth and with 3 teeth in the ventral blades. The dorsal blade bears 3 teeth in the left mandible while only 2 in the right. Left mandi- 246 ble with a group of indented setae in the concavity. Thorax. Pronotum lighter than head, with dark muscle attachment spots. Prothoraeic tarsus (Fig. 5) less than half length of the tibia. Abdomen. Lateral line with 22-30 setae per seg- ment, except segment I, with only two setae in this position. Dorsum of the abdominal segment IX sim- ilar to that of P. corniger. The anal claw (Fig. 6) is obtuse-angled. Discussion. The uniform background colour of the head capsule of P. intricatus is very similar to that of P. corniger and P. irroratus; by contrast, the head capsule of P. kingi and P. flavomaculatus are distinct- ly banded (cf. Pitsch 1993, Edington & Hildrew 1995, Waringer & Graf, 1997). The anal claw of P. intricatus (Fig. 6) is, as in P. irroratus and P. kingı, obtuse-angled. As remarked above, the head colour patterns of P. kingi and P. intricatus are very differ- ent, but some difficulties may be encountered in separating the larvae of P. intricatus from those of P. irroratus. The frontoclypeal apotome of P. irrora- tus is very uniformly pigmented whereas two light- er areas can be distinguished in the. apotome of P. intricatus: an area behind the posterior muscle attachment spots and a median Y-shaped area (Fig. 1). Moreover, in P. irroratus larvae, the fronto- clypeal arc of spots lie behind the posterior setal alveoli (cf. Wallace & Wallace 1983, Edington & Hildrew 1995) while in P. intricatus it lies ahead these setal alveoli (frontoclypeal seta 6). Finally, in P. irroratus, and according to the papers of Pitsch (1993) and Waringer & Graf (1997), and the draw- ings of Bournaud et al. (1964) and Edington & Hil- drew (1995), the width of the third big muscle spot (on parietals, near frontoclypeal vertex), is similar to the distance from the spot to the nearest fronto- clypeal suture. By contrast, in P. intricatus, this dis- tance is twice the width of the spot. Notes on biology, ecology and distribution P. corniger has been reported mainly from the upper part of streams and mountain brooks (Terra 1981, Basaguren 1990). The species was always found in clean, oxygenated waters, being intolerant with or- ganic pollution (Basaguren 1990). The larvae were reported from low altitude streams of Pyrenees, below 460 m a.s.l. (Decamps 1967); in Galicia, they were collected in fast flowing streams at 180-300 m a.s.l. The larvae of P. intricatus live preferably in brooks and small mountain streams, from 500 to 2000 m a.s.l. (Decamps 1967, 1968). In Galicia they were reported: mainly from the western montane localities (160-1350 m a.s.l.) where its flight period extends, as in Pyrenees (Decamps 1967), from July to September (Gonzälez 1988). The flight period of P. corniger extends from June to September in Portugal (Terra 1981), from June to August in Biscay, N Spain (Basaguren 1990), from July to September in Pyrenees (Decamps 1967) and from July to August in Galicia (Gonzälez 1988). P. corniger has been reported from the Iberian Peninsula and Pyrenees (Gonzälez et al. 1992, Terra 1994) and, according to some scattered references, also from central Europe (see Pitsch 1993). In the Iberian Peninsula it is widely distributed, but the species was cited mainly from the NW quarter. P. intricatus is widely distributed throughout SW Europe and, in the Iberian Peninsula, it was only cited from the northern half (Gonzälez et al. 1992, Terra 1994). Acknowledgements This paper is a contribution to the project PGIDT01- PXI2002PR of the Xunta de Galicia. References Basaguren, A. 1990. Los Tricöpteros de la red hidrogra- fica de Bizkaia. - PhD. Thesis, Univ. Pais Vasco, 603 PP: Bournaud, M., Collardeu-Roux, C. & H. Tachet 1964. La larve de Polycentropus multiguttatus Curt. (Trichop- tera). — Bull. mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon 33: 18-24 Decamps, H. 1967. Introduction ä l’Etude Ecologique des Trichopteres des Pyrenees. - Ann. Limnol. 3(1): 101-176 -- 1968. Vicariences ecologiques chez les Trichopteres des Pyrenees. - Ann. Limnol. 4(1): 1-50. Edington, J. M. 1964. The taxonomy of British polycen- tropid larvae (Trichoptera). - Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon- don 143(2): 281-300 -- &A.G.Hildrew 1995. A revised key to the caseless caddis larvae of the British Isles with notes on their ecology. - Scient. Publs. Freshw. Biol. Ass. 53: 1-119 Gonzälez, M. A. 1988. Inventario dos Tricöpteros de Galicia (Insecta: Trichoptera). - Cad. Area Cienc. Biol. (Invent.), Sem. Est. Gal., II, O Castro-Sada, A Coruna: Ed. do Castro, 45 pp. -- ‚Terra, L. S. W., Garcia De Jalön, D. & F. Cobo 1992. Lista faunistica y bibliogräfica de los Tricöpteros (Trichoptera) de la Peninsula Iberica e Islas Bal- eares. — Asoc. esp. Limnol. 11: 1-200 Hickin, N. E. 1967. Caddis Larvae. Larvae of the British Trichoptera. —- Hutchinson, London. 466 pp. Lepneva, S. G. 1964. Fauna of the U.S.S.R. Trichoptera 1, Larvae and Pupae of Annulipalpia. — Jerusalem. Israel Progr. Scient. Transl., 638 pp. (1970) Lestage, S. A. 1921 Trichoptera. In Rousseau, E. Les larves et nymphes aquatiques des insectes d’Euro- pe. — Bruxelles. 967 pp. Li Y. J., Morse J. C. & H. Tachet 2001. Pseudoneureclipsi- nae in Dipseudopsidae (Trichoptera: Hydropsy- choidea), with descriptions of two new species of Pseudoneureclipsis from East Asia. — Aquat. Ins. 23(2): 107-117 Moretti, G. P. 1983. Guide per il riconoscimento delle specie animali delle acque interne italiane.) 19. Tri- cotteri (Trichoptera). - C.N.R. 155 pp. Pitsch, T. 1993. Zur Larvaltaxonomie, Faunistik und Ökologie mitteleuropäischer Fliebwasser-Köcher- fliegen (Insecta: Trichoptera). -— Landschaftsentw. Umweltforsch. — Schr. Fachber. Landschaftsentw. S 8. Technische Universität Berlin 316 pp. Sedläk, E 1985. Bestimmungsschlüssel für mitteleu- ropäische Köcherfliegenlarven (Insecta, Trichopte- ra). - Wasser Abwasser 29, Beitr. Gewässerforsch. XV, Selbstverl. Bundesanst. Wassergüte Bundes- minist. Land- u. Forstw. Wien: 146 pp. Steinmann, H. 1970. Tegzesek - Trichoptera. - Fauna Hungariae XV, 19, 400 pp. Budapest Tachet, H., Morse J. C. & A. Berly 2001. The larva and pupa of Pseudoneureclipsis lusitanicus Malicky, 1980 (Trichoptera: Hydropsychoidea): description, eco- logical data and taxonomical considerations. — Aquat. Ins. 23(2): 93-106 Terra, L. 1981. Lista faunistica de Tricöpteros de Portu- gal. (Insecta, Trichoptera). - Bolm. Soc. port. Ent. 12: 1-42 -- 1994. Atlas provisörio dos Tricöpteros (Insecta, Tri- choptera) de Portugal Continental. — Inst. Forest. (Ed.). Publ. No. 306: 100 pp. Wallace, I. D. & B. Wallace1983. A revised key of the genus Plectrocnemia (Polycentropodidae: Trichop- tera) in Britain, with notes on Plectrocnemia brevis McLachlan. — Freshw. Biol. 13: 83-87 Waringer, J. & W. Graf 1997. Atlas der österreichischen Köcherfliegenlarven: unter Einschluss der angren- zenden Gebiete. — Facultas-Univ.-Verlag Wien, 286 pp. Williams, N. E. & G. B. Wiggins 1981. A proposed setal nomenclature and homology for larval Trichop- tera. In Moretti, G. P. (Ed.). Proc. 3rd. Int. Symp. Trichoptera. Perugia, 1980. - Junk, The Hague. Ser. Ent. 20: 421-429 247 Buchbesprechungen 31. Heckman, C. W.: Encyclopedia of South American Aquatic Insects: Collembola — Illustrated Keys to Known Families, Genera, and Species in South Amer- ica. - Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht/ Bos- ton/London, 2001. 408 pp. ISBN 0-7923-6704-9 Dieses Werk stellt eine Monographie der Springschwän- ze (Collembola) Südamerikas dar, wobei das Hauptau- genmerk auf der Taxonomie dieser ursprünglichen, aber dennoch hoch abgeleiteten Insektengruppe liegt. Deut- lich stellt der Autor heraus, wie wichtig gerade die Taxo- nomie als Ordnungsprinzip ist, und teilt die bisher be- kannten Arten den jeweiligen übergeordneten Taxa zu und macht ihre Determination in Bestimmungsschlüs- seln möglich. Die zahlreichen Abbildungen erleichtern die Zuordnung der Arten. Die Vorgehensweise wird in einer vorangestellten kurzen Einführung erklärt, ebenso die Probleme, die sich dem Taxonomen stellen. Dieser folgt die Darstellung der Beschreibung der nicht immer konsequenten Arbeiten der Kollegen, die fragliche Ar- ten nicht zuordnen und eine Fülle von Problemfällen erzeugen. Dieser Zusammenfassung wiederum folgt die Ausweisung des geographischen Raumes. Der Beschrei- bung der Morphologie folgt ein kurzes Kapitel zur Öko- logie, der Aufbewahrung und der Untersuchungsme- thodik, dem sich der erste Bestimmungsschlüssel zu den Familien anschließt. Die- Arten werden nur mit einem geopolitischen Namen zur Verbreitung versehen, ein- zelne ökologische Daten fehlen, deren Zusammenstel- lung aber auch nicht Ziel dieses Bestimmungswerkes ist. Das umfangreiche Literaturverzeichnis belegt die ge- waltige Aufgabe, der sich der Autor gestellt hat, wobei er nicht nur die semiaquatischen, sondern auch die zahl- reichen terrestrischen Arten einbezogen hat. Eine derar- tige Dokumentation bzw. Bestimmungshilfe würde man sich auch von anderen Regionen der Erde, ja auch für Europa wünschen. Gespannt kann man auf die Bearbei- tungen weiterer aquatischer Insektengruppen Südame- rikas sein, die hier angekündigt werden. E.-G. Burmeister 32. Abe, T., Bignell, D.,E.&M. Higashi (eds.): Termites: Evolution, Sociality, Symbioses, Ecology. - Kluwer Academic Publishers, Netherlands, 2000. 466 pp. ISBN 0-7923-6361-2 Nachdem vor 30 Jahren das zusammenfassende Werk ‘Biology of Termites’ in zwei Bänden von Krishna und Weesner herausgegeben wurde, liegt nun eine neue umfassende Dokumentation zu dieser besonders inter- essanten sozialen Insektengruppe vor. Die beiden Auto- ren Takuya Abe und Masahiko Higashi aus Japan, die bei einem tragischen Unfall in Mexico 2000 umgekom- men sind, haben 1993 und 1997 an der Kyoto Universität je einen Woskshop initiiert mit den Themen ‘Termite- Symbionts Systems’ und ‘Termite Taxonomy, distributi- on, evolution, ecology, global impact and control’, die von namhaften Forschern auf diesem Gebiet besucht 248 wurden. Dieser Band enthält die neuesten Forschungs- ergebnisse der Teilnehmer dieser Kongresse, die die viel- fältigen Facetten zur Biologie der Termiten beleuchten. So enthält dieser Band Beiträge zur Phylogenie mit klas- sischer und molekularer Merkmalsanalyse, zu ihrer Ver- wandtschaft mit den Schaben, zur Symbiontenanalyse, wobei Archaeen, Bakterien und Einzeller im Körper wie auch Pilze als Nahrungslieferanten eine entscheidende Rolle spielen, zur Differenzierung des Sozialstaates und der Kommunikation, zur Populationsdynamik und ih- rer Bedeutung im Ökosystem. Allein 7 Artikel befassen sich mit den symbiontischen Mikroorganismen vor al- lem im Darmtrakt der Termiten, die verschiedenste bio- chemische Aufgaben erfüllen und entscheidend für den Stoffwechsel und die gesamte Funktion des Staates sind. Nur formal an den Schluß gestellt wird hier die proble- matische Koexistenz zwischen Mensch und Termiten, angesichts der Gebäudeschäden, die diese Tierchen verursachen. Der vorliegende Band stellt nicht nur die neuesten Erkenntnisse zusammen, sondern die umfang- reichen Literaturzitate machen diesen auch zu einem wesentlichen Nachschlagewerk für diese interessante In- sektengruppe. E.-G. Burmeister 33. Wright, J. F., Sutcliffe. D. W. & M. T. Furse (eds.): Assessing the biological quality of fresh waters — Rivpacs and other techniques. — Freshwater Biologi- cal Assossiation, Ambleside Cumbria, UK, 2000. 373 pp. paperback. ISBN 0-900386-62-2 Im Verlauf einer Tagung zur Arbeitsweise von RIV- PACS (River InVertebrate Prediction And Classification System ) im September 1997, an der 59 Wissenschaftler aus 23 Ländern sich zu einem Erfahrungsaustausch tra- fen, wurde die Bedeutung der Makroinvertebratenfauna der Fließgewässer als Indikatoren für den Gewässerzu- stand besonders herausgestellt. Die hier vorgestellten 24 Einzeldarstellungen geben einen Überblick über die the- rotischen Ansätze zur statistischen Auswertung sowie zur Qualitätsbeurteilung der Biozönose, wobei in Ein- zelfällen auch Stillgewässer herangezogen werden. Ver- gleichbare Ansätze zur Kontrolle und zum Management der Gewässer sind aus Australien und Kanada bekannt, die in ähnlichen Dokumentationszentren ihre Ergebnis- se zusammenfließen lassen. Die Einschätzung der natür- lichen Besiedlung und deren anthropogen bedingte Ver- änderung stellt eine Kardinalfrage dar. Die Bewertung der Belastung hat zudem eine brisante umweltpolitische Bedeutung. Inwieweit RIVPACS als Datenbasis auch für Außenstehende zu nutzen ist, wird in mehreren Beispie- len erläutert. Auf 29 Seiten sind zudem über 5090 Titel zu diesem Wissenskomplex zusammengestellt, wodurch dieser Tagungsband zu einem Nachschlagewerk für Fließwasserstudien und deren Modellcharakter wird, der wissenschaftstheoretische Konzepte für den Praktiker wie für Personen mit Monitoring-Aufgaben liefert. E.-G. Burmeister 249-267 München, 01. November 2003 ISSN 0341-8391 A revision of the brunnea-group of the genus Dicraspeda Chaudoir (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Odacanthinae) Martin Baehr Baehr, M. (2003): A revision of the brunnea-group of the genus Dicraspeda Chau- doir (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Odacanthinae). — Spixiana 26/3: 249-267 The species of the brunnea-group of the Australasian odacanthine genus Dicraspe- da Chaudoir are revised and four new species are described: D. angulipennis from Halmahera, Ternate, and Morotai Islands, D. papuensis and D. nigripes from Papua New Guinea, and D. glabrata from Cape York Peninsula, northern Queensland, Australia. D. sublaevis (Macleay) from northern Australia is revaluated to full specific status from synonymy with D. brunnea Chaudoir. A key and checklist for all species of this group is added. Dr. Martin Baehr, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany Introduction The odacanthine genus Dicraspeda Chaudoir is wide- ly distributed through the Indoaustralian realm from Indonesia and the Philippine Islands through the Moluccas, New Guinea, New Britain to northern Australia, and in the southeast it is recorded as far as from Solomon Islands and Vanuatu (New Hebri- des). This fairly speciose genus is polymorphic, and in New Guinea and northern Australia it includes several species that were formerly classified in the subgenera (or even separate genera) Philemonia Lieb- ke and Macrocentra Chaudoir. That this subgeneric concept is rather weak can be gathered from such species as either D. minuta Baehr, or D. dubia (Gestro) and D. longiloba (Liebke) that in some ways are intermediary between the former ‘subgenera’ Di- craspeda s. str. (called ‘brunnea-group’ in this paper) and Philemonia (‘bispinosa-group’ in the sense of Darlington 1968). D. minuta, for example, is nearer to Dicraspeda s. str. in some character states (Baehr 1998), whereas D. dubia and D. longiloba in shape and structure are rather closely attached to Phile- monia. Hence, for the present, no subgenera are acknowledged, and the polymorphism within the genus is accommodated by distinction of three spe- cies-groups, namely the brunnea-, bispinosa-, and quadrispinosa-groups as used already by Darlington (1968), without taking a decision about the phyloge- netic relations of these groups, or even, whether all groups are monophyletic. This procedure has been chosen, because at least the monophyly of the bispinosa-group is doubtful with regard to such “primitive’ species as D. dubia (Gestro) and D. minuta Baehr. So, it would be con- ceivable that the bulk of species of the bispinosa- group is more closely related to the quadrispinosa- group (former genus or subgenus Macrocentra Chau- doir) than to either D. minuta Baehr or D. dubia (Gestro). The brunnea-group, however, most proba- bly is a monophyletic unit, and were it not for the intermediate D. minima (Baehr), this group likely could be classified as an own genus. At present, most species of the genus are known from New Guinea, where representatives of all three species-groups occur, and from Australia. Current- ly 18 species are recognized (Csiki 1932, Darlington 1968, Louwerens 1970, Moore et al. 1987, Baehr 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, Lorenz 1998), of which 10 would belong to ‘Philemonia’ and two to ‘Macrocen- tra’. In the present paper four additional species of the brunnea-group are described as new, and D. sub- laevis (Macleay) is revaluated from synonymy with D. brunnea Chaudoir. 249 Material and methods Altogether c. 75 specimens of the brunnea-group were available for this study. Apparently, specimens of this species-group seem to be rare beetles, or, at least, they are not commonly collected. For the taxonomic treatment standard methods are used. The male genitalia were removed from specimens soaked for a night in a jar under wet atmosphere, then cleaned for a short while in hot KON. For examination of the generally fine though taxo- nomically highly important puncturation and microre- ticulation of the surface a stereo microscope with up to 64x magnification was used, supported by a lamp of high intensity giving natural light that could be fo- cussed. For exact definition of the microsculpture such light is preferable, because fibre-glass optics substantial- ly change the impression of the surface structures. The habitus photographs were obtained by a digital camera using SPOT Advanced for Windows 3.5 and subsequently were worked with Corel Photo Paint 10. Measurements Measurements were taken using a stereo microscope with an ocular micrometer. Length has been measured from apex of labrum to apex of elytra. Lengths, there- fore, may slightly differ from those of other authors. Length of pronotum was measured along midline, width of pronotum at widest part, width of base of pronotum at the extreme tips of the basal angles. Length of eye includes a small dark coloured ring of ocellae behind the light area. Ratios are somewhat variable in most species, but generally they offer rather good meas- ures of relative shape. Abbreviations of collections mentioned in text ANIC Australian National Insect Collection, Can- berra ANIC-MMS Australian National Insect Collection, Can- berra, as permanent loan from Macleay Museum, Sydney BMNH The Natural History Museum, London CBM Working Collection M. Baehr at Zoolo- gische Staatssammlung, München CBM-ZSM Zoologische Staatssammlung, München, as permanent loan in Working Collection M. Baehr CBS Collection R. Bejsak, Sydney IRSNB Institut Royal de Sciences Naturelles, Brux- elles MNHN Museum National de l’Histoire Naturelle, Paris NMV Museum of Victoria, Melbourne QMB Queensland Museum, Brisbane SAMA South Australian Museum, Adelaide 250 SMNS Staaliches Museum für Naturkunde, Stutt- gart ZMUC Zoological Museum of the University of Copenhagen Characters Since all species of the brunnea-group are very closely related and therefore the male genitalia are remarkably similar throughout the group, external characters like general body shape, shape of eyes, pronotum, apex of elytra, striation, puncturation and microreticulation of elytra, and colour of legs and antennae are better suita- ble for the distinction of the species. In particular depth and puncturation of the elytral striae and shape and extent of microreticulation on the intervals are highly characteristic for any species and should be carefully investigated under high magnification. Habits Very little is known about the habits of most species of the genus Dicraspeda, and in particular of those of the brunnea-group. Of the material at hand, some specimens were collected at light, others were fogged (e.g. the series of D. hebridarum Baehr that was probably sampled from the lower reaches of tree trunks), a few were collected in pitfall traps on the ground, but most specimens have been sifted from litter in lowland rain forest. Characteristically, no one specimen has been sampled near water. This habit is characteristic for many of the more ‘primi- tive’ Australian-New Guinean odacanthines that, deviating from the many ‘normal’ hygrophilous, commonly reed-inhabiting odacanthine beetles of other continents, prefer habitats away from water. According to Darlington (1968), members of the genus Dicraspeda — at least in New Guinea — are claimed to live ‘in understory foliage of rain forest’. That this is not the general way of life, or that it may apply only for certain species, is demonstrated by the various collecting circumstances noted above. Although some species certainly live in rain forest, others, e.g. D. sublaevis (Macleay), have been col- lected by the author in fairly open, even semiarid country in northern Australia, and even the rain forest living species may inhabit rather the leaf litter on the ground than foliage. Probably, Darlington’s statement may apply only for,.those species of the bispinosa- (‘Philemonia’) and quadrispinosa-groups (‘Macrocentra'), that pos- sess more or less deeply bilobed 4'" tarsomeres, and the tarsi of which are clothed with elongate, adhe- sive hairs in both sexes. Both of these character states suggest an arboricolous or at least a planti- colous mode of life. In all species of the brunnea- group, however, the 4" tarsomeres are barely ex- cised and the lower surface of the tarsi lacks such adhesive hairs, though is only furnished with com- paratively sparse bristles. This difference corrobo- rates the supposed ground-dwelling habits of the species of the brunnea-group. The bispinose or even quadrispinose elytral apices found in most species of the bispinosa- and quadrispinosa-groups — except for few species that possess only a denticulate apex - likewise indicate tree-living habits of these species that perhaps run on leaves much alike members of the well known arboricolous carabid genera Demetrida Chaudoir or Agra Fabricius, most species of which likewise pos- ses spined elytra. It has been suggested that spinose elytra may act as a protection from insect-eating birds, because these insects are more difficult to swallow then. However, spinose elytra even may simply dismember the outline of the beetle and thus give some protection against enemies. Perhaps, both means are working together. In the brunnea-group, however, the sutural an- gle of the elytra is never spined, and even the exter- nal angles mostly are rounded off, whereas these are distinctly angulate or even somewhat acute in all species of the bispinosa-group. The absence of any spines at the apex of the elytra in the brunnea- group, therefore, is strong evidence that the species are not threatened in the same way by birds, which again indicates a litter-inhabiting life rather than tree-living habits. Apart from the mentioned collecting circum- stances, virtually nothing is known about habits, diet, and life history; and from my knowledge, no larvae of any species were recorded so far. Genus Dicraspeda (s. str.) Chaudoir Dicraspeda Chaudoir, 1862: 300; Sloane 1923: 30; Csiki 1932: 1536; Liebke 1938: 88; Darlington 1968: 210; Moore et al. 1987: 274; Baehr 1996: 138; 1997: 30; 1998: 174; Lorenz 1998: 420. Type species: Dicraspeda brunnea Chaudoir, 1862, by monotypy. Note. Both named Australian species of the brun- nea-group [D. nitida (Sloane) and D. sublaevis (Ma- cleay)] originally were described under the generic name Eudalia Castelnau, which belongs to a related genus that is distinguished from Dicraspeda s.l. main- Iy by absence of the characteristic lateral sulcus on the pronotum and by the punctate head (Baehr 1999). For a long period both genera were not clearly dis- tinguished and even Sloane (1917), in his review of the Australian Odacanthinae, united the species of both genera under the name Eudalia. In a second paper Sloane (1923) then revaluated Dicraspeda and arranged the species more adequately. The brunnea-group In the brunnea-group (former subgenus Dicraspeda s. str.) species are united that combine the following distinguishing characters: Shape of body rather wide, depressed, in particular with respect to elytra; gen- erally not spined elytral apices; very large, laterally remarkably protruding eyes, depressed prothorax bearing a wide, depressed, coarsely punctate lateral sulcus that is medially margined by a distinct ridge. Species of this group range from the Greater Sunda Islands except for Sumatra, and the Philippines through the Moluccas and New Guinea to northern Australia, the Solomon Islands and New Hebrides (Vanatua). Thus, the range of the brunnea-group is by far greater than the ranges of the bispinosa- and quadrispinosa-groups that do not occur on either Sunda Islands (including Sulawesi) or Philippine Islands, and are rare in northern Australia where they only occur in a restricted area in the northern- most part of northern Queensland. The brunnea-group at present includes five spe- cies (Moore et al. 1987, Lorenz 1998) and in addition D. sublaevis (Macleay) that so far was rendered syn- onymous with D. brunnea Chaudoir. Dicraspeda brunnea Chaudoir Figs 8, 9, 20 Chaudoir, 1862: 300; Sloane 1923: 31; Csiki 1932: 1536; Liebke 1938: 89; Darlington 1968: 210; Moore et al. 1987: 274; Baehr 1996: 138, 139; 1997: 30; 1998: 174; Lorenz 1998: 420. Examined types. Lectotype (by present designation): A fragment of a male specimen, of which only major parts of the abdomen and the right elytron are left, brunnea Chaud. Celebes Wallace, (ex Chaudoir Coll, MNHM). Note. It is difficult to decide, whether the differenc- es in shape and structure between the specimens available from Sulawesi, Bali, Lombok, Borneo, the Philippines, and Thailand only refer to intraspecific variation within a single species, whether these pop- ulations, or at least parts of them, belong to different taxa, be it subspecies or even species. Because male genitalia, when present, are very similar in all pop- ulations, as they are throughout the whole brunnea- group, for the present and until no new evidence is available, all insular and mainland populations are regarded parts of a widespread species that is rather variable in size and relative shape of prothorax and elytra. _ The specimens from Sulawesi stand out through their large size and their comparatively narrow head. Diagnosis. Characterized by yellow legs, deeply impressed and coarsely punctate elytral striae, and distinct microreticulation on the elytra. Distin- guished from most similar species D. sublaevis (Ma- cleay) by more convex elytra with distinct impres- sion in anterior third, and considerably coarser punc- turation of elytral striae. N length brunnea (Sulawesi) 6 6.1-6.5 brunnea (Bali) 1 6.2 brunnea (Lombok) D 6.1-6.2 brunnea (Borneo) al 5.9-6.2 brunnea (Philippines) 2 5.9-6.0 brunnea (Thailand) 1 6.1 Variation. According to the available material this species seems to be rather variable concerning size, shape of eyes, prothorax, and elytra, and also to colouration of antennae and legs. The series from Borneo has remarkably narrow and elongate elytra and, atthe average, it is rather small. The specimens from Sulawesi stand out through large size and comparatively narrow heads. However, the sample is too small for any attempt to distinguish local, or insular, or regional populations, or even to charac- terize populations by assigning nomenkclatorial val- id names to them. Distribution. This species was noted by Darling- ton (1968) as occurring in New Guinea and by Moore et al. (1987) in Australia. The Australian records, however, refer to D. sublaevis (Macleay) which had been synonymized with D. brunnea for a long time, and the New Guinean records noted by Darlington (1968) with high probability also refer to other, new species described in the present paper. At any rate, I never saw specimens of D. brunnea from New Guinea nor Australia. Hence, at the present state of knowledge, D. brunnea is only known from various Indonesian and Philippine islands, and recently was also recorded from southernmost Thailand. Additional material examined: 438, 422, BORNEO - MALAYSIA: Sabah: Mt. Kinabalu Park, vic. Serinsim sub-station / 6°12'N 116°33’E L. F. 180-250 m 30.Vl. Note. The male genitalia of this species (of a speci- men from Lombok Island) have been figured in Baehr (1996, fig. 1). Supplementary description (for comparison the body measurements and ratios of the various popu- lations of different islands are tabulated below). Measurements: Length: 5.5-6.5 mm, width: 2.2- 2.4 mm. Ratios. Length/width of pronotum: 1.11- 1.16; width of head/ width of pronotum: 1.07-1.16; length/ width of elytra: 1.48-1.58. length/ width width length/ width of prothorax head /prothorax of elytra 1a 1.07-1.09 1.48-1.52 116 1215 ro 1.12-1.15 Se 1.50-1.52 a6 1.11-T.16 1.54-1.58 102115 1 1.49-1.51 11, 11115 152 1998 D. Bartsch & C. Häuser leg / Dicraspeda brunnea Chd. det. M. Baehr ’99 (CBM, SMNS); 288, 12, BOR- NEO - MALAYSIA: Sabah: Mt. Kinabalu Park, Poring Hot Springs 600 m 20.VIII.1998 / canopy walkway (40 m) 6°03'N 116°42'EL. F. D. Bartsch & C. Häuser leg / Dicras- peda brunnea Chd. det. M. Baehr '99 (CBM, SMNS); 288, INDONESIA, LOMBOK IS. SENARO, N slope of Rinja- ni, 2.-5. Feb. 1994 Bolm Igt. 1100 m / Dicraspeda brunnea CHD. det. M. Baehr 95 (CBM, SMNS); 18, BALI, Gili- manuk, NE Cekik, 30-300 m / leg. A. Riedel 22.V1.2002 (CBM); 222, PHILIPPINES: LEYTE VISCa N Baybay, 1991 sec.-forest, 100-200 m leg. SCHAWALLER et al. / Dicraspeda brunnea CHD. det. M. Baehr ’95 (CBM, SMNS); 15, S-Sulawesi Umg. Padang Bantimurung, 29.8. 1990, leg. Riedel / Dicraspeda brunnea CHD. det. M. Baehr ’91 (CBM); 18, Thailand, Karon Puket 12 Jul 98 leg. R. Rober (CBM); 222, Sulawesi Utara Dumoga Bone Nat. Park Rentice II (280 m), Station: 106 24.X1.1985 Leg. J. Van Stalle (IRSNB); 259, Sulawesi Utara Du- moga Bone Nat. Park Hogg’s Bag subcamp (660 m) 15.X1.1985, Station 095 (IRSNB); 239, Sulawesi Utara Dumoga Bone Nat. Park subcamp Hogg’s Bag (660 m) X.1985, Station: 048 (IRSNB); 13, Sulawesi Utara Du- moga Bone Nat. Park subcamp Barney’s (300 m) X.1985, Station: 022 (IRSNB). Relationships. By virtue of its distinct microreticu- lation and rather deeply impressed elytral striae D. brunnea probably is most closely related to D. sublaevis (Macleay) from Northern Territory and northwestern Australia. Fig. 1. Dicraspeda nitida (Sloane). Male genitalia: aedea- gus, parameres, and genital ring; scale: 0.25 mm. Dicraspeda sublaevis (Macleay) (stat. restit.) Figs 10, 20 Macleay, 1888: 448 (Eudalia); Sloane 1917: 415 (Eudalia); 1923: 31; Csiki 1932: 1537; Moore et al. 1987: 274; Lorenz 1998: 420. Examined types. Syntypes: 2 fragments, N. W. Austral- ia, Syntype (ANIC-MMS). Note. Sloane (1923) claimed that D. sublaevis (Ma- cleay) should be synonymous with D. brunnea Chau- doir and all later authors followed him in this state- ment. However, careful comparison of Australian specimens assigned to D. sublaevis with specimens of ‘D. brunnea’ from various localities clearly dem- onstrates several evident morphological differences as enumerated in the diagnosis and key. Hence, this species herewith is revaluated to full specific status. The male genitalia have not yet been studied. For comparison the measurements and ratios are tabu- lated in the appendix. Diagnosis. Characterized by yellow legs, deeply impressed elytral striae, and distinct microreticula- tion on the elytra. Distinguished from the most similar species of the brunnea-complex by more de- pressed elytra lacking any distinct impression in anterior third, and by far less coarse puncturation of the elytral striae. Fig. 2. Dicraspeda nitida (Sloane). Female stylomeres 1 and 2; scale: 0.1 mm. Note. The male genitalia are so far unknown. For comparison measurements and ratios of the availa- ble specimens are tabulated in the appendix. Distribution. The species seems to be distributed in the northern part of Northern Territory of Aus- tralia and in adjacent northwestern Australia. Ap- parently, in this area it replaces D. nitida Sloane which occurs in North Queensland. Additional material examined: 322, Australien, NT 17 km ne. Willeroo 8.11.1984 M. Baehr / Dicraspeda sublae- vis Macl. det. M. Baehr 1986 (CBM); 12, Australien, WA 26 km e. Napier Downs, Kimberleys, 23.11.1984 M. Bae- hr / Dicraspeda sublaevis Macl. det. M. Baehr 1986 (CBM); 12, Flora R. N. T. Coll by Prof. (unreadable) 1912 / 823 Eudalia sublaevis Macl. Det. by Sloan 6.13 (NMV); 18, Darwin G. F. Hill / Eudalia sublaevis Macl. Id. by T. G. Soane (SAMA); 12, Derby. N.W.A. W.D. Dodd / J.7708 N. W. Australia (SAMA). Dicraspeda nitida (Sloane) Figs 1, 2, 11, 20 Sloane, 1917: 420 (Eudalia); Csiki 1932: 1537; Moore et al. 1987: 275; Lorenz 1998: 420. Examined types. Holotype: Kuranda, Qld. / Type Eu- dalia nitida Sl. Id. by T. G. Sloane (ANIC). Note. Although Csiki (1932) noted D. nitida as syn- onymous with D. brunnea, this decision was not followed neither by Moore etal. (1987) nor by Lorenz (1998). Indeed, D. nitida is rather different in certain morphological characters from D. brunnea and cer- tainly is a separate species. For comparison the body measurements and ratios are tabulated in the ap- pendix, and the male genitalia are described and m je1] je] figured for the first time. Male genitalia (Fig. 1). Genital ring rather nar- row and elongate, symmetric, slightly narrowed to the short, acute apex. Aedeagus slender and elon- gate, laterally slightly sinuate, lower surface very gently concave. Apex moderately elongate, slightly turned to the right, barely knobbed, straight. Female genitalia (Fig. 2). Stylomere 2 rather elon- gate, evenly curved laterally, with acute apex. With two stout ventro-lateral ensiform setae, arather large dorso-median ensiform seta, and a single short nema- tiform seta arising from a groove in apical third. Base of stylomere 1 with c. 7 elongate ensiform setae. Diagnosis. Characterized by yellow legs, barely impressed but rather coarsely punctate elytral stri- ae, and weak though perceptible microreticulation on the elytra. Distinguished from the most similar species D. hebridarum Baehr and D. glabrata, spec. nov. by longer, less oviform elytra lacking any dis- tinct transverse impression in anterior third; further distinguished from D. hebridarum by more trans- verse orbits, and from D. glabrata by narrower pro- notum and presence of microreticulation on the elytra. Distribution. Apparently this species is fairly wide- ly distributed in northeastern Queensland, in the North up to Cape Tribulation. Perhaps all Queens- land records of D. brunnea Chaudoir refer to this species. Additional material examined: 338, 222, Australia, Old. Cape Tribulation 2. 1995 leg. Lamond / Dicraspeda nitida Sl. det. M. Baehr ’95 (CBM); 12, AUS. Qld. 3.XII. 1988 Helenvale, UV light Vr. R. Beysak Igt. (CBS); 18, NEO: 16°18'5S x 145°05'E Windsor Tbld, SE open for 9 Feb-17 May 1998, 850 m G. B. Monteith & D. J. Cook Pitfall, open forest. 1890 (QMB); 12, Noah Creek Qld. 16°08'5 145°25’E 27 July 1993 H. Mitchell R Kitching / Bp-14-5 (CRC); 12, N. E. Qld: 19.165, 147.03E Mt. Cleve- land summit 23 Mar 1991. Monteith Pyrethr. Rain For. 500 m (QMB); 1g, Etty Bay, via Innisfail N. Qld. 24 Oct 1980 G. B. Monteith Pyrethrum, rainforest (QMB); 16, 12, Kuranda N. Q. 22.3.52 C. Oke / Dicraspeda nitida Sl. Det. B. P. Moore (NMV); 18, Stewart R. Q, Jan.-Feb. 1927 Hale & Tindale (SAMA); 18, 12, Cairns dist.: F. D. Dodd (SAMA); 15, 12, Cape York Queensland / Lea 19177 / J.7077 Queensland (SAMA); 18, Cape York Queensland (SAMA); 18, Cairns Allen /= J.7077 of S.A. Mus. / 19177 Queensland (SAMA). 254 Dicraspeda obsoleta Baehr Figs 12, 20 Baehr, 1996: 140; 1997: 30; 1998: 174; Lorenz 1998: 420. Examined types. Holotype: J, Irian Jaya, Biak Is. Umg. Sepse, 3.10.1990, leg. A. Riedel / HOLOTYPE Dicraspeda obsoleta sp. nov. det. M. Baehr "94 (ZSM-CBM). Diagnosis. Characterized by yellow legs and ab- sence of microreticulation on the elytra. Distinguished at the first glance from all other yellow-legged spe- cies by extremely fine puncturation of the absolute- ly not impressed elytral striae, apically slightly dark- ened antennae, and rather oblique orbits. Note. The male genitalia of this species have been figured in Baehr (1996, fig. 2). For comparison the body measurements and ratios are tabulated in the appendix. Distribution. Known only from the holotype sam- pled on Biak Island, northwestern Irian Jaya, New Guinea. Additional material examined: None. Dicraspeda hebridarum Baehr Figs 13, 20 Baehr, 1998: 175. Examined types. Holotype: d, New Hebrides, Aneity- um. Red Crest. 1,200 ft.3 m. N.E. of Anelgauhat. II.1955 / L. E. Cheesman. B. M. 1955-217 /HOLOTYPE Dicras- peda hebridarum sp. nov. Det. M. Baehr ’97 (BMNH). Diagnosis. Characterized by yellow legs, barely impressed but rather coarsely punctate elytral stri- ae, and weak though perceptible microreticulation on the elytra. Distinguished from the most similar species D. nitida (Sloane) and D. glabrata, spec. nov. by more oblique orbits; further distinguished from D. nitida by shorter, more oviform elytra, and from D. glabrata by absence of any transverse impression in anterior third of elytra and presence of microre- ticulation on the elytra. Note. The male genitalia of this species have been figured in Baehr (1998, fig. 3). The female genitalia are very similar to those of D. nitida (Sloane). For comparison the body measurements and ratios are tabulated in the appendix. Distribution. Vanuatu (New Hebrides). So far re- corded from Aneityum and Iririkl Islands. Additional material examined: 533, 222, VANUATU: Iririkl Is. 17°45'S x 166°18’E 31 Aug 1999. 7857 G. Thomp- son. pyreth. remnant rainforest (CBM, QMB). Dicraspeda glabrata, spec. nov. Figs 3, 14, 20 Examined types. Holotype: d, AUST: QLD: NE: West Claudie R., Iron Range 5 Dec 1985 G. Monteith / QM Berlesate No. 692 12.455 143.14E Rainforest, 50 m Sieved litter (QMB). — Paratypes: 259, 22°, same data (CBM, QMB). Diagnosis. Characterized by yellow legs, not im- pressed and rather finely punctate elytral striae, and absence of any traces of microreticulation from the elytra. Distinguished from most similar species D. nitida (Sloane) and D. hebridarum Baehr by total lack of microreticulation and presence of an impres- sion in anterior third of elytra; further distinguished from D. nitida by shorter, more oviform elytra, and from D. hebridarum by more transverse orbits. Description Measurements. Length: 5.8-6.1 mm, width: 2.2- 2.35 mm. Ratios. Length/ width of pronotum: 1.05- 1.09; width of head/width of pronotum: 1.07-1.11; length/width of elytra: 1.47-1.50. Colour. Upper and lower surfaces of head and pronotum uniformly deep black, elytra dark pi- ceous-black, lateral channel indistinctly lighter, ab- domen piceous. Labrum piceous, mandibles, palpi, antennae, and legs uniformly reddish. Head. Large, triangular, wider than pronotum, upper surface rather depressed. Eyes very large, almost twice as long as orbits, laterally remarkably projecting, considerably interrupting the lateral curve of head. Orbits very oblique, in same line with eyes, though anteriorly even very faintly concave, posteriorly slightly convex, forming a very distinct angle with neck. Distance between eyes > twice as wide as diameter of eye. Clypeus separated by a fine suture that is shortly interrupted in middle, posterior part transversely convex. Labrum large, anteriorly straight, 6-setose. Mandibles and palpi of average size, mandibles anteriorly regularly in- curved. Labium with elongate, triangular tooth. Frons laterally near clypeal suture with a deep, oblique impression that begins with a circular groove, in middle of frons with a more or less dis- tinct horseshoe-shaped impression. Medially of eye with a strong ridge. Neck separated from vertex by a shallow, transverse furrow. Posterior supraorbital seta situated behind posterior margin of eye. An- tennae of average size, surpassing base of prono- tum by about one antennomere. Median antenno- meres almost twice as long as wide. Surface of head apart from labrum without microreticulation, im- punctate and impilose, highly glossy. Prothorax. Distinctly longer than wide, lateral- ly rather convex, surface rather depressed. Widest / Fig.3. Dicraspeda glabrata, spec. nov. Male genitalia: aede- agus, parameres, and genital ring; scale: 0.25 mm. slightly in front of middle, margin gently rounded, near basal angles shortly and gently concave. Later- al border prominent, raised throughout, lateral mar- gin with a deep and rather wide channel that con- siderably narrows towards apex and base. Channel abruptly bordered medially by a conspicuous ridge. Proepipleura and proepisternum narrowly visible from above. Apex almost straight, unbordered, an- terior angles rounded off, barely visible. Base very gently convex, unbordered, posterior angles right though obtuse at apex. Median line deeply im- pressed, punctate-crenulate, not attaining base. Anterior transverse sulcus shallow, v-shaped, coarse- ly punctate, basal transverse sulcus barely im- pressed. Posterior marginal seta absent, anterior marginal pore and seta situated at widest part of pronotum, slightly inside of marginal border, seta elongate. Surface without microreticulation, medi- an surface laterally slightly striolate, lateral sulcus, apex, base and disk near median sulcus sparsely though very coarsely punctate. Disk very glossy. Elytra. Large in comparison with fore body, more than twice as wide as prothorax, rather quad- rate, though posteriorly slightly widened and later- al margin in anterior third faintly compressed. Sur- face depressed, disk in basal third with shallow though distinct transverse impression. Humeri wide, almost evenly rounded. Marginal channel moder- ately wide. Apex wide, oblique, laterally moderate- m je}] wı ly concave. Lateral apical angle clearly rounded, sutural angle obtuse, apex with coarse border line, particularly near lateral angles distinctly denticu- late. All striae indicated, though only punctate, not impressed, intervals depressed. Puncturation be- coming weaker in apical half. 3'@ interval with four setiferous punctures, the 1* and 34 ones situated in a slight impression. Anterior puncture situated at first third and close to 3“ stria, the median and apical ones adjacent to 2” stria, the median punc- ture situated at posterior two fifth of elytra, both apical ones situated close together at apical sixth of elytra. The anterior three setae rather elongate, slight- ly inclined, the 4" seta considerably shorter and upright. Marginal series of setiferous punctures con- sisting of 6 anterior setae behind shoulder, 7 apical setae in front of lateral apical angles, 1 large interca- lar seta, and 2 setae near suture at apex. Most of surface without microreticulation that is only present in apical fourth or fifth, where it is highly superficial and consists of slightly transverse meshes. Surface highly glossy. Wings fully developed. Lower surface. Prosternum, proepisternum, proepimeron, and mesepisternum with very coarse punctures, metasternum, metepisternum, and ab- domen impunctate. Metepisternum elongate, slight- ly >2x as long as wide. Terminal sternum in male bisetose, in female quadrisetose, in male in middle slightly excised. Legs. Rather elongate. 5'" tarsomeres setose on lower surface, 4" tarsomeres with shallow (<1 of length) excision. Apex of 1% tarsomere and 2”! and 3" tarsomeres of male anterior tarsus asymmetrical- ly, sparsely biseriately squamose. Male genitalia (Fig. 3). Genital ring rather nar- row and elongate, symmetric, slightly narrowed to the obtusely rounded apex. Aedeagus slender and elongate, laterally slightly sinuate, lower surface very gently concave. Apex comparatively short, slightly turned to the right, distinctly knobbed and upturned. Female genitalia. Very similar to those of D. ni- tıda (Sloane). Variation. Very little variation noted. Distribution. Iron Range, mid of Cape York Penin- sula, northeastern Queensland. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Sieved from litter in low- land rain forest. This is probably a ground-living, non-hygrophilous species. Etymology. The name refers to the glabrous elytra devoid of any microreticulation. 256 Dicraspeda papuensis, spec. nov. Figs 4, 15, 20 Examined types. Holotype: d, Papua NG, Morobe-Pr. Tekadu-Kakaro, Ivimka Riv. Stat. 170 m, sifted, 3.3.1998, A. Riedel (CBM-ZSM). — Paratypes: 13, 12, same data (CBM). Diagnosis. Characterized by yellow legs, barely im- pressed, moderately coarsely punctate elytral striae, and absence of microreticulation on the elytra. Distin- guished from most similar species D. obsoleta Baehr and D. glabrata, spec. nov. by presence of a distinct transverse impression on the elytra; further distin- guished from D. obsoleta by coarser puncturation of the elytra and shorter, more transverse orbits; and from D. glabrata by longer pronotum and longer elytra, and less deep excision of the apex of the elytra. Description Measurements. Length: 5.8-5.9 mm, width: 2.25- 2.3 mm. Ratios. Length/width of pronotum: 1.07- 1.13; width of head/width of pronotum: 1.10-1.13; length/ width of elytra: 1.51-1.53. Colour. Upper and lower surfaces of head and pronotum uniformly black, elytra not lighter, lateral channel indistinctly lighter, abdomen piceous. La- brum and mandibles piceous, palpi and 1% antenno- mere light brown, rest of antenna reddish, legs yel- low though tibiae very slightly darker. Head. Large, triangular, wider than pronotum, upper surface rather depressed. Eyes very large, almost twice as long as orbits, laterally remarkably projecting, considerably interrüupting the lateral curve of head. Orbits very oblique, in same line with eyes, though anteriorly even very faintly concave, posteriorly slightly convex, forming a very distinct angle with neck. Distance between eyes > twice as wide as diameter of eye. Clypeus separated by a fine suture that is shortly interrupted in middle, posterior part transversely convex. Labrum large, anteriorly straight, 6-setose. Mandibles and palpi of average size, mandibles anteriorly regularly in- curved. Labium with elongate, triangular tooth. Frons laterally near clypeal suture with a deep, oblique impression that begins with a circular groove, in middle of frons with a more or less dis- tinct horseshoe-shaped impression. Medially of eye with a strong ridge. Neck separated from vertex by a shallow, transverse furrow. Posterior supraorbital seta situated behind posterior margin of eye. An- tennae of average size, surpassing base of prono- tum by about one antennomere. Median antenno- meres almost twice as long as wide. Surface of head apart from labrum without microreticulation, im- punctate and impilose, highly glossy. Prothorax. Considerably longer than wide, lat- erally rather convex, surface rather depressed. Wi- dest slightly in front of middle, margin gently round- ed, near basal angles shortly and gently concave. Lateral border prominent, raised throughout, later- al margin with a deep and rather wide channel that considerably narrows towards apex and base. Chan- nel abruptly bordered medially by a conspicuous ridge. Proepipleura and proepisternum narrowly visible from above. Apex almost straight, unbor- dered, anterior angles rounded off, barely visible. Base very gently convex, unbordered, posterior an- gles right though obtuse at apex. Median line deep- ly impressed, punctate-crenulate, not attaining base. Anterior transverse sulcus shallow, v-shaped, coarse- ly punctate, basal transverse sulcus barely im- pressed. Posterior marginal seta absent, anterior marginal pore and seta situated at widest part of pronotum, slightly inside of marginal border, seta elongate. Surface without microreticulation, medi- an surface laterally slightly striolate, lateral sulcus, apex, base and disk near median sulcus sparsely though coarsely punctate. Disk very glossy. Elytra. Large in comparison with fore body, more than twice as wide as prothorax, rather quad- rate, though posteriorly slightly widened and later- al margin in anterior third faintly compressed. Sur- face depressed, disk in basal third with shallow though distinct transverse impression. Humeri wide, almost evenly rounded. Marginal channel moder- ately wide. Apex wide, oblique, laterally moderate- ly concave. Lateral apical angle clearly rounded, sutural angle obtuse, apex with coarse border line, particularly near lateral angles distinctly denticu- late. All striae distinct, though only punctate, barely impressed, intervals depressed. Puncturation fairly coarse, becoming weaker in apical half. 3 interval with four setiferous punctures, all situated in a slight impression. Anterior puncture situated at first third and close to 3" stria, the median and apical ones adjacent to 2” stria, the median puncture situated at posterior two fifth of elytra, both apical ones situat- ed close together at apical sixth of elytra. The ante- rior three setae rather elongate, slightly inclined, the 4" seta considerably shorter and upright. Marginal series of setiferous punctures consisting of 6 anteri- or setae behind shoulder, 7 apical setae in front of lateral apical angles, 1 large intercalar seta, and 2 setae near suture at apex. Most of surface without microreticulation that is only present in apical fourth or fifth, where it is highly superficial and consists of slightly transverse meshes. Surface highly glossy. Wings fully developed. Lower surface. Prosternum, proepisternum, proepimeron, and mesepisternum with very coarse punctures, metasternum, metepisternum, and ab- Fig. 4. Dicraspeda papuensis, spec. nov. Male genitalia: aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring; scale: 0.25 mm. domen impunctate. Metepisternum elongate, slight- ly >2x as long as wide. Terminal sternum in male bisetose, in female quadrisetose, in male in middle slightly excised. Legs. Rather elongate. 5" tarsomeres setose on lower surface, 4" tarsomeres with shallow (<' of length) excision. Apex of 1“ tarsomere and 2” and 3'4 tarsomeres of male anterior tarsus asymmetrical- ly, sparsely biseriately squamose. Male genitalia (Fig. 4). Genital ring rather nar- row and elongate, rather symmetric, slightly nar- rowed to the angulate, slightly asymmetric apex. Aedeagus slender and elongate, laterally slightly sinuate, lower surface very gently concave. Apex comparatively short, slightly turned to the right, neither knobbed or upturned. Female genitalia. Very similar to those of D. ni- tida (Sloane). Variation. Slight variation noted in punctura- tion of elytral striae that varies to some degree in its coarseness. Distribution. Eastern Papua New Guinea. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Sieved from litter in low- land rain forest. This is probably a ground-living, non-hygrophilous species. Etymology. The name refers to the distribution of this species in Papua New Guinea. 155) 1 N Fig.5. Dicraspeda nigripes, spec. nov. Male genitalia: aede- agus, parameres, and genital ring; scale: 0.25 mm. Dicraspeda nigripes, spec. nov. Figs 5, 16, 20 Examined types. Holotype: d, Papua NG, Sandaun-Pr. Minamin 1000 m, sifted, 19.5.1998, A. Riedel (CBM- ZSM). — Paratypes: 13, same data (CBM); 23, Canopy mission P.N.G. Madang province Baiteta, FOG M4 22.1V.1993 Leg. Olivier Missa (IRSNB). Diagnosis. Characterized by piceous legs, slightly darkened 1” antennomere, and comparatively deep impression in anterior third of elytra. Distinguished from most similar species D. angulipennis, spec. nov. by deeper transverse elytral impression, absence of microreticulation of elytra, and gently rounded ex- ternal apical angle of elytra. Description Measurements. Length: 6.0-6.3 mm, width: 2.3- 2.45 mm. Ratios. Length/width of pronotum: 1.11- 1.13; width of head / width of pronotum: 1.11; length/ width of elytra: 1.53-1.54. Colour. Upper surface uniformly black, lateral channel of elytra indistinctly lighter, abdomen pi- ceous. Labrum, mandibles, palpi, and 1* antenno- mere piceous, legs piceous, though tibiae slightly lighter. Head. Large, triangular, wider than pronotum, upper surface rather depressed. Eyes very large, almost twice as long as orbits, laterally remarkably 258 projecting, considerably interrupting the lateral curve of head. Orbits moderately oblique, in same line with eyes, posteriorly slightly convex, forming a very distinct angle with neck. Distance between eyes > twice as wide as diameter of eye. Clypeus separated by a fine suture that is shortly interrupted in middle, posterior part transversely convex. La- brum large, anteriorly straight, 6-setose. Mandibles and palpi of average size, mandibles anteriorly reg- ularly incurved. Labium with elongate, triangular tooth. Frons laterally near clypeal suture with a deep, oblique impression that begins with a circular groove, in middle of frons with a more or less dis- tinct horseshoe-shaped impression. Medially of eye with a strong ridge. Neck separated from vertex by a shallow, transverse furrow. Posterior supraorbital seta situated behind posterior margin of eye. An- tennae of average size, surpassing base of prono- tum by about one antennomere. Median antenno- meres almost twice as long as wide. Surface of head apart from labrum without microreticulation, im- punctate and impilose, highly glossy. Prothorax. Distinctly longer than wide, lateral- ly rather convex, surface rather depressed. Widest slightly in front of middle, margin gently rounded, near basal angles shortly and gently concave. Later- al border prominent, raised throughout, lateral mar- gin with a deep and rather wide channel that con- siderably narrows towards apex and base. Channel abruptly bordered medially by a conspicuous ridge. Proepipleura and proepisternum narrowly visible from above. Apex almost straight, unbordered, an- terior angles rounded off, barely: visible. Base very gently convex, unbordered, posterior angles right though obtuse at apex. Median line deeply im- pressed, punctate-crenulate, not attaining base. Anterior transverse sulcus rather shallow, v-shaped, coarsely punctate, basal transverse sulcus barely impressed. Posterior marginal seta absent, anterior marginal pore and seta situated at widest part of pronotum, slightly inside of marginal border, seta elongate. Surface without microreticulation, medi- an surface laterally slightly striolate, lateral sulcus, apex, base and disk near median sulcus sparsely though coarsely punctate. Disk very glossy. Elytra. Rather elongate, though large in com- parison with fore body, more than twice as wide as prothorax, rather quadrate, though posteriorly slightly widened and lateral margin in anterior third faintly compressed. Surface depressed, disk in basal third with distinct transverse impression. Humeri wide, almost evenly rounded. Marginal channel moderately wide. Apex wide, oblique, laterally rath- er deeply concave. Lateral apical angle clearly round- ed, sutural angle obtuse, apex with coarse border line, particularly near lateral angles distinctly den- ticulate. All striae distinct, though only punctate, not impressed, intervals depressed. Puncturation rather coarse, becoming weaker in apical half. 3° interval with four setiferous punctures, all situated in a slight impression. Anterior puncture situated at first third and close to 3“ stria, the median and apical ones adjacent to 2"“ stria, the median punc- ture situated at posterior two fifth of elytra, both apical ones situated close together at apical sixth of elytra. The anterior three setae rather elongate, slight- ly inclined, the 4" seta considerably shorter and upright. Marginal series of setiferous punctures con- sisting of 6 anterior setae behind shoulder, 7 apical setae in front of lateral apical angles, 1 large interca- lar seta, and 2 setae near suture at apex. Most of surface without microreticulation that is only indi- cated in apical fourth or fifth, where it is highly superficial and consists of slightly transverse mesh- es. Surface highly glossy. Wings fully developed. Lower surface. Prosternum, proepisternum, proepimeron, and mesepisternum with very coarse punctures, metasternum, metepisternum, and ab- domen impunctate. Metepisternum elongate, slight- ly >2x as long as wide. Terminal sternum in male bisetose, in middle slightly excised. Legs. Rather elongate. 5" tarsomeres setose on lower surface, 4" tarsomeres with shallow (<% of length) excision. Apex of 1“ tarsomere and 2” and 3"! tarsomeres of male anterior tarsus asymmetrical- ly, sparsely biseriately squamose. Male genitalia (Fig. 5). Genital ring rather nar- row and elongate, almost symmetric, slightly nar- rowed to the obtusely rounded apex. Aedeagus slender and elongate, laterally slightly sinuate, low- er surface very gently concave. Apex comparatively elongate, slightly turned to the right, very slightly knobbed and upturned. Female genitalia. Unknown. Variation. Apart from degree of coarseness of punctures of the elytra very little variation noted. Distribution. Eastern Papua New Guinea. Collecting circumstances. Holotype and one para- type sieved from litter in lowland rain forest. Two additional paratypes sampled by canopy fogging. However, no information is available, in which way fogging was performed, nor from which height the specimens were caught. Therefore, this is probably rather a ground-living, non-hygrophilous species that may climb the lower reaches of trees or scrubs. Etymology. The name refers to the dark legs. Fig. 6. Dicraspeda inermis Louwerens. Male genitalia: aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring; scale: 0.25 mm. Dicraspeda inermis Louwerens Figs 6, 17, 20 Louwerens, 1970: 91; Lorenz 1998: 420. Examined types. Holotype: 3, Rennell, Hutuna Soaika Hill 29 March, 1965 Torben Wolff leg. / Malaise trap / Holotype S Dicraspeda inermis sp. n. Det. C. J. Louwerens (ZMUC.). Diagnosis. Characterized by piceous legs, slightly darkened 1* antennomere, and moderately deep impression in anterior third of elytra. Distinguished from D. nigripes, spec. nov. by less deep transverse elytral impression, presence of microreticulation of elytra, and sharply angulate external apical angle of elytra; and from most similar species D. angulipen- nis, spec. nov. by elytra in apical half barely wid- ened though rather quadrate, less deep apical exci- sion, and finer puncturation of striae. Note. Louwerens (1970) gave an extensive descrip- tion of the external morphology. The male genitalia are described and figured below. For comparison the body measurements and ratios of the holotype are tabulated in the appendix. Measurements. Length: 6.3 mm, width: 2.5 mm. Ratios. Length/width of pronotum: 1.13; width of head/width of pronotum: 1.11; length/width of elytra: 1.51. m oO \O Male genitalia (Fig. 6). Genital ring rather nar- row and elongate, almost symmetric, slightly nar- rowed to the obtuse, gently asymmetric apex. Ae- deagus very slender and elongate, laterally slightly sinuate, lower surface very gently concave. Apex moderately elongate, suddenly turned to the right, distinctly knobbed and slightly upturned. Female genitalia. Unknown. Distribution. Solomon Islands. So far recorded only from Rennell Island. Apparently only the holotype is known. Additional material examined: None. Relationships. This species apparently is most close- ly related to D. angulipennis, spec. nov. from the Moluccas, with which it agrees in the dark femora, shape of head and of pronotum, degree of microre- ticulation of elytra, and the angulate apical angles of the elytra. Dicraspeda angulipennis, spec. nov. Figs 7, 18, 20 Examined types. Holotype: d&, MALUKU: Is. Morotai, W. Darubam, Raja, 15.-16.X1.1999, 100-300 m, leg. A. Riedel (SMNS). — Paratypes: 15, MALUKU: Is. Ternate, Marikurubu, Gn. Gamalama, 29.X.1999, 700-1500 m, leg. A. Riedel (SMNS); 16, MALUKU: Is. Halmahera, Tobe- lo (SW), 1.X1.1999, 850 m, leg. A. Riedel (CBM). Diagnosis. Characterized by piceous legs, slightly darkened 1“ antennomere, and moderately deep impression in anterior third of elytra. Distinguished from D. nigripes, spec. nov. by less deep transverse elytral impression, presence of microreticulation of elytra, and sharply angulate external apical angle of elytra; and from most similar species D. inermis Louwerens by elytra in apical half distinctly wid- ened, deeper apical excision, and coarser punctura- tion of striae. Description Measurements. Length: 6.1-6.7 mm, width: 2.4- 2.5 mm. Ratios. Length/width of pronotum: 1.14- 1.18; width of head/ width of pronotum: 1.09-1.15; length/ width of elytra: 1.52-1.55. Colour. Upper surface uniformly black, lateral channel of elytra indistinctly lighter, abdomen pice- ous. Labrum, mandibles, and palpi piceous, anten- nae and legs reddish-piceous, tibiae barely lighter. Fig. 7. Dicraspeda angulipennis, spec. nov. Male genitalia: aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring; scale: 0.25 mm. Head. Large, triangular, wider than pronotum, upper surface rather depressed. Eyes very large, almost twice as long as orbits, laterally remarkably projecting, considerably interrupting the lateral curve of head. Orbits moderately oblique, in same line with eyes, posteriorly slightly convex, forming a very distinct angle with neck. Distance between eyes > twice as wide as diameter of eye. Clypeus separated by a fine suture that is shortly interrupted in middle, posterior part transversely convex. La- brum large, anteriorly straight, 6-setose. Mandibles and palpi of average size, mandibles anteriorly reg- ularly incurved. Labium with elongate, triangular tooth. Frons laterally near clypeal suture with a deep, oblique impression that begins with a circular groove, in middle of frons with a barely indicated horseshoe-shaped impression. Medially of eye with a strong ridge. Neck separated from vertex by a shallow, transverse furrow. Posterior supraorbital seta situated behind posterior margin of eye. An- tennae of average size, surpassing base of prono- tum by about one antennomere. Median antenno- meres almost twice as long as wide. Surface of head ® Figs 8-18. Habitus (body size in brackets). 8. Dicraspeda brunnea Chaudoir from Sulawesi (6.5 mm). 9. D. brunnea (Chaudoir) from Borneo (6.0 mm). 10. D. sublaevis (Macleay) (6.1 mm). 11. D. nitida (Sloane) (6.0 mm). 12. D. obsoleta Baehr (5.8 mm). 13. D. hebridarum Baehr (6.4 mm). 14. D. glabrata, spec. nov. (5.8 mm). 15. D. papuensis, spec. nov. (5.9 mm). 16. D. nigripes, spec. nov. (6.0 mm). 17. D. inermis Louwerens (6.3mm). 18. D. .angulipennis, spec. nov. (6.7 mm). 260 apart from labrum without microreticulation, im- punctate and impilose, highly glossy. Prothorax. Distinctly longer than wide, lateral- ly rather convex, surface rather depressed. Widest slightly in front of middle, margin gently rounded, near basal angles shortly and gently concave. Later- al border prominent, raised throughout, lateral mar- gin with a deep and rather wide channel that con- siderably narrows towards apex and base. Channel abruptly bordered medially by a conspicuous ridge. Proepipleura and proepisternum narrowly visible from above. Apex almost straight, unbordered, an- terior angles rounded off, barely visible. Base very gently convex, unbordered, posterior angles right though obtuse at apex. Median line deeply im- pressed, punctate-crenulate, not attaining base. Anterior transverse sulcus rather shallow, v-shaped, coarsely punctate, basal transverse sulcus shallow. Posterior marginal seta absent, anterior marginal pore and seta situated at widest part of pronotum, slightly inside of marginal border, seta elongate. Surface without microreticulation, median surface laterally rather distinctly striolate, lateral sulcus, apex, base and disk near median sulcus with com- paratively dense and very coarse puncturation. Disk very glossy. Elytra. Rather elongate, though large in com- parison with fore body, more than twice as wide as prothorax, rather quadrate, though posteriorly slightly widened and lateral margin in anterior third faintly compressed. Surface moderately depressed, disk in basal third with extremely shallow trans- verse impression. Humeri wide, almost evenly rounded. Marginal channel moderately wide. Apex wide, oblique, laterally moderately concave. Lateral apical angle clearly angulate, sutural angle obtuse, apex with coarse border line, particularly near later- al angles distinctly denticulate. All striae distinct, though only punctate, not impressed, intervals de- pressed. Puncturation very coarse, becoming weak- er in apical third. 3° interval with four setiferous punctures, all situated in a comparatively deep im- pression. Anterior puncture situated at first third and close to 34 stria, the median and apical ones adjacent to 2"! stria, the median puncture situated at posterior two fifth of elytra, both apical ones situat- ed close together at apical sixth of elytra. The ante- rior three setae rather elongate, slightly inclined, the 4" seta considerably shorter and upright. Marginal series of setiferous punctures consisting of 6 anteri- or setae behind shoulder, 7 apical setae in front of lateral apical angles, 1 large intercalar seta, and 2 setae near suture at apex. Surface with superficial though distinct microreticulation that consists of almost diametric to slightly transverse meshes. Sur- face highly glossy. Wings fully developed. Lower surface. Prosternum, proepisternum, proepimeron, and mesepisternum with very coarse punctures, metasternum, metepisternum, and ab- domen impunctate. Metepisternum elongate, slight- ly >2x as long as wide. Terminal sternum in male bisetose, in middle slightly excised. Legs. Rather elongate. 5" tarsomeres setose on lower surface, 4" tarsomeres with shallow (<% of length) excision. Apex of 1“ tarsomere and 2” and 3"! tarsomeres of male anterior tarsus asymmetrical- ly, sparsely biseriately squamose. Male genitalia (Fig. 7). Genital ring rather nar- row and elongate, almost symmetric, slightly nar- rowed to the obtuse, gently asymmetric apex. Ae- deagus very slender and elongate, laterally slightly sinuate, lower surface very gently concave. Apex comparatively elongate, slightly turned to the right, distinctly knobbed and considerably upturned. Female genitalia. Unknown. . Variation. Very little variation noted. Distribution. Moluccas. Known from Halmahera, Morotai, and Ternate Islands. Collecting circumstances. Probably sieved from lit- ter in lowland to upland rain forest. This is probably a ground-living, non-hygrophilous species. Etymology. The name refers to the sharply angulate lateral apical angles of the elytra. Appendix Key to the species of the brunnea-group of the genus Dicraspeda Chaudoir 1. Legs wholly or in parts piceous to black ....... 2: — Less completehsyellowae 4. 2. Lateral apical angles of elytra sharply angulate (Figs 17, 18); surface of elytra in basal third barely impressed, with superficial, though dis- Unel nıieroreueulation va e% 262 —- Lateral apical angles of elytra rounded (Fig. 16); surface of elytra in basal third distinctly im- pressed, without perceptible microreticulation. Papua New Guinea .............. nigripes, spec. NOV. 3. Elytra in apical half not markedly widened, apex less deeply excised (Fig. 17); striae less coarsely punctate. Solomon Islands (Rennell Island) ..... ee ne inermis Louwerens Elytra in apical half considerably widened, apex 8. Punctures of elytral striae basally coarser, inter- deeply excised (Fig. 18); striae more coarsely vals near base slightly convex; orbits more ob- punctate. Moluccas ...... angulipennis, spec. nov. lique, less transversal (Fig. 13). Vanatua (New i : Rlebrides)en.... 00... obridar Striae deeply impressed, intervals clearly con- ee) Dane u vex (doubtful species under both couplets) .5. Punctures of elytral striae basally finer, inter- Si 4 2 er 7 vals also near base depressed; orbits more trans- RAS MO IINPIESSEEH DIEETVAISRIEPIESSER ’ versal, less oblique (Fig. 11). Northern Queens- Striae less deeply impressed, intervals near base land (Australia) ee sans daeeeensen nitida (Sloane) gently convex, in apical half depressed; u 9. Striae with very fine puncturation, punctures of elytra with superficial microreticulation; or- becoming obsolete towards apex; lateral apical bits more oblique, less transversal (Fig. 13). el ante en Ed Vanatua (New Hebrides) ....... hebridarum Baehr 5 ) 8 on Be oblique (Fig. 12). Biak Is., Irian Jaya .................. Striae deeply impressed, intervals convex almost ——uukneerkenssssunnnssunnssennssennneseennnsennnnnnnnnn 'obsolet4 Baehr towards SPE% surface of ely [ea with distinct - Striae with coarser puncturation, punctures dis- en a I si tinct towards apex; lateral apical angle of elytra versal (Figs 8-10). Distribution different ........ ; obtuse; orbits shorter, more transversal (Figs 14, Surface of elytra more convex, strilae More coarse- 15). Distabutlon different 10. ly punctate; surface of elytra in basal third with 10. Pronotum generally shorter and wider (ratio perceptible transverse impression, apex of elytra little excised, lateral apical angles obtuse (Figs 8, 9). Indonesia, Philippines, southern Thailand a EN brunnea Chaudoir Surface of elytra more depressed, striae less coarsely punctate; surface of elytra in basal third without perceptible transverse impression, apex of elytra deeply excised, lateral apical angles angulate (Fig. 10). Northern Australia .............. A sublaevis (Macleay,) Surface of elytra in basal third without percepti- ble transverse impression, with superficialthough RRSkuTeEnNIeroretieulation....:.er.descseneertentenennenn 8 Surface of elytra in basal third with deep trans- verse impression, without perceptible microre- l/ w 1.05-1.09); elytra shorter on the average (ra- tio 1/w 1.47-1.50); apex of elytra more deeply excised, base with barely perceptible transverse impression (Fig. 14). Cape York Peninsula, north- ern Queensland, Australia ...............22u22220022002200.. Pronotum generally longer and narrower (ratio l/ w 1.08-1.13); elytra shorter on the average (ra- tio 1/w 1.51-1.53); apex of elytra less deeply excised, base with distinct transverse impres- sIonL(Eig. 15), Bapua- New Gilneas ne Bauunagsnunaedesnnedasesckenrsnnageanegetten papuensis, spec. nov. For easier recognition measurements and ratios of all species are compiled in the following table. For ELLE N EEE 9. _D.brunnea the full variation is given. N length length / width width length / width of prothorax head /prothorax of elytra brunnea 19 5:9-0:9 11116 1.07-1.16 1-48-1.58 sublaevis 5 9.7-6.3 1.08-1.11 1.16-1.19 1.51-1.55 nitida 12 5.8-6.2 1.08-1.10 1.08-1.12 1.58-1.62 obsoleta 1 5.8 1.05 1.02 1.52 hebridarum 8 5.8-6.7 1.09 713 1.02-1.08 1.54-1.58 glabrata D 5.8-6.1 1.05-1.09 1.07-1.11 1.47-1.50 papuensis 3 5.8-5.9 1.08-1.13 1.10-1.13 1.51-1.53 nigripes 3 6.0-6.3 1.11-1.13 1.10-1.12 1.53-1.54 inermis 1 6.3 1.13 la 1.51 angulipennis 3 6.1-6.7 1.14-1.18 1.09-1.15 1.52-1.55 —___eeeeää—ä—ä———————nnn———————————————————————————— m Alphabetical checklist of the species of the brunnea-group of the genus Dicraspeda Chaudoir angulipennis, spec. noV. MOLUCCAS: Halmahera, Morotai, Ternate brunnea Chaudoir, 1862 THAILAND: Phuket; INDONESIA: Borneo, Java, Bali, Lombok, Sulawesi, Timor; PHILIP- PINES: Mindanao, Luzon, Leyte glabrata, spec. nov. AUSTRALIA: n. Queensland (mid-Cape York Peninsula) hebridarum Baehr, 1998 VANUATU: Aneityum Is., Iririkl Is. inermis Louwerens, 1970 SOLOMON IS.: Rennell Is. nigripes, spec. NOV. NEW GUINEA: Papua New Guinea nitida (Sloane, 1917) AUSTRALIA: n. Queensland (south of Cape York Peninsula) obsoleta Baehr, 1996 NEW GUINEA: Irian Jaya: Biak Is. papuensis, spec. nov. NEW GUINEA: Papua New Guinea sublaevis (Macleay, 1888) AUSTRALIA: n. Northern Territory, n. West- ern Australia Remarks Certainly, all species of the brunnea-group are still very closely related which can be gathered from the remarkably similar male genitalia and the likewise generally very similar external shape and structure. Main differences are in coloration of antennae and legs, relative shape of pronotum and elytra, shape of apex of.elytra, and degree of puncturation and microreticulation of elytra. The phylogenetic relationships are not easily tracked within a group of extremely similar and most probably still very closely related taxa. This applies even more, because the adelphotaxon of the ‘genus’ Dicraspeda is still unknown and the phylo- genetic relationships within the whole subfamily Odacanthinae are little understood. So, atthe present state of knowledge, any formal phylogenetic argu- mentation (as matrix and/or cladogram) seems not justified, and only rather tentative considerations about phylogenetic relationships of the species are possible now. If deeply impressed and coarsely punctate ely- tral striae, distinct microreticulation of elytral inter- 264 vals, shallow excision of the apex of elytra, and obtuse or rounded external apical angles can be considered plesiomorphic character states - which can be postulated with some reasons by comparison with the other species of the genus Dicraspeda on the one hand, and with related genera like Eudalia Cas- telnau, Crassacantha Baehr, and Renneria Baehr on the other - then D. brunnea Chaudoir should repre- sent the most plesiotypic species of the group, at least with respect to the mentioned characters. All other species in one or another character state devi- ate from this presumable morphological “ground- plan” of the species-group. D. brunnea also is the single species to occur outside the Papuan-Australian area, as it Occurs on the Greater Sunda Islands, the Philippine Islands, and even on the Asian continent in southern Thai- land, whereas all other species are confined to the Australian and Papuan subregions of the Austral- ian region including the Moluccas (apart from Su- lawesi). At the same time, the ranges of all species, except for that of D. brunnea, are much more limited and either are confined to New Guinea or even only to parts of this island, or to Northern or Northeast- ern Australia, or to Solomon Islands, or to Vanuatu, or to the smaller Moluccan islands. In some respects, D. sublaevis (Macleay) is most similar to D. brunnea and perhaps next related to it. This is not too surprising, because D. brunnea occurs on Timor which is rather close to the range of D. sub- laevis in northern and northwestern Australia. D. nitida (Sloane), D. obsoleta Baehr, D. hebrida- rum Baehr, D. glabrata, spec. nov., D. papuensis, spec. nov., and probably also D. nigripes, spec. nov. seem to constitute a group of very closely related taxa, with D. nitida from eastern Queensland, D. papuen- sis from Papuan New Guinea and D. hebridarum from Vanatua probably being the most plesiotypic members, while D. glabrata from the Cape York Pen- insula in northeastern Australia, but even more D. obsoleta from Biak Island on the one hand, and D. nigripes fom Papua New Guinea, on the other, are most apotypic. D. inermis Louwerens from Solomon Islands and D. angulipennis, spec. nov. from the lesser Moluccan Islands again form a group of closely related and, at the same time, rather apotypic species. For the following considerations it should be remembered that the insular belt that runs from the Greater Sunda Islands in the north and northwest, to the Moluccas and New Guinea in the south and southeast, since a long time has been noted as a major area of faunal transition, where Oriental and Papuan-Australian faunal elements have intermixed to a remarkable extent. To clarify the difficult situa- tion, some ‘lines’ have been drawn by early bioge- Fig. 19. The Oriental and Papuan-Australian area of faunal transition and the important zoogeographic lines. 1: Wallace’s line; 2: Weber’s line; 3: Lydekker’s line. Fig. 20. Distribution of the species of the brunnea-group of the genus Dicraspeda Chaudoir. D. brunnea Chaudoir: ——; D. sublaevis (Macleay): @; D. nitida (Sloane): ----- ; D. obsoleta Baehr: &; D. hebridarum Baehr: #; D. glabrata, spec. nov.:; D. papuensis, spec. nov.:+; D. nigripes, spec. nov.: %; D. inermis Louwerens: X; D. angulipennis, spec. nov.:%*. ographers that should depict certain faunal bound- aries, or better, lines of faunal balance or of a certain procentual degree of preponderance of the Austral- ian faunal elements over the Oriental ones, or vice versa (Fig. 19). The most familiar lines are “Wallace’s line’ that runs between Borneo and Sulawesi, and Bali and Lombok, and that depicts an approximate equilibrium of elements of both faunal provinces; ‘Weber’s line’ that runs east of Timor and Sulawesi but west of the Moluccas, and that depicts a more than 75 % advantage of Papuan-Australian faunal elements and also marks the western boundary of some Papuan-Australian elements; and ‘'Lydekker’s line’ that divides New Guinea and some nearby islands from the Moluccas and marks the Papuan (and Australian) faunal province(s) in their most restricted sense. These lines were drawn, and it was easily possible to draw them there, because at their position the character of the fauna changes within extremely short distances, in some localities even from one small island to the neighbouring island within sight. These radical changes, on the other hand, are evidence of very old faunal boundaries that were preserved until today, but apparently without any present obvious reason. If the somewhat tentative phylogenetic consid- erations explained above would prove right, the distribution pattern of the brunnea-group would be quite characteristic in the light of these faunal bor- ders. Then the most plesiotypic species (D. brunnea) not only has by far the widest range, but it also is the species the range of which is situated to the North- west of all other species. Thus, it is the single species that almost exclusively ranges in the Oriental Re- gion or at least, does not exceed Weber’s line to the east. All other species are arranged in a about semi- circular manner to the southeast of the range of D. brunnea, and all are exclusively Papuan or Aus- tralian faunal elements. The ranges of all other spe- cies are minimal as compared with that of D. brun- nea, and it'seems, as if taxa or stocks repeatedly had separated from the eastern margin of the range of D. brunnea. However, these speciation events prob- ably have not been occurred regularly, but rather discontinuously and irregularly. And moreover, such separation or speciation events probably not always occurred in a northwest to southeast direc- tion, but in some instances even in the reverse direc- tion. Some examples are given for these hypotheses. New Guinea might have been colonized by a single stock that came from the west, that in this extremely montane and rugged island developed very rapidly into several surprisingly different species. The most plesiotypic species of this group today seems to be D. papuensis, and from a very similar ancestor not 266 only the other New Guinean species may have been derived, but also the species that presently inhabit northeastern Australia, and likewise D. hebridarum from remote Vanatua. Australia apparently was invaded twice, name- ly from the Lesser Sunda Islands or even just from Timor into Northern Territory and northwestern Australia (present D. sublaevis), via Timor Sea which was less than half as wide as today during the glacial periods of Ice Age; and also from New Guin- ea via Cape York Peninsula (D. nitida and D. glabra- ta), from a stock that also gave birth to D. papuensis. D. nitida and D. glabrata of northeastern Queensland are still closely related. Although D. glabrata seems slightly more apotypic than D. nitida, today it lives to the north of the latter, and thus, speciation prob- ably has occurred at the northern margin of the range of the ancestor of the present nitida popula- tion. Again, in this group, the probably more plesio- typic species has the larger range than its apotypic offspring. Another case of a speciation event at the west- ern margin of a population can be noted in D. obso- leta of Biak Island that most probably likewise stems from a papuensis-like ancestor. And what about the pair D. inermis and D. angulipennis, in which the Moluccan D. angulipennis seems the more apotypic and, therefore, younger species? These few examples clearly demonstrate 1. that we know much too less about systematics and dis- tribution of this group to be able to draw any con- clusive picture of its biogeographic history; 2. that the speciation events within this group most proba- bly were quite complex and did not proceed in one- way direction; and 3. that the Papuan Subregion including the Moluccas again proves to represent one of the most complex and prolific transition are- as of the world. Apart from these problems, some other ques- tions must be left open so far. Why no additional taxa evolved in the Oriental Region, or, with other words, why D. brunnea or its ancestral population did not split into several species, in spite of its very wide range that includes areas exhibiting quite dif- ferent ecological conditions? This is even more puzz- ling, because probably there was more time left for the evolution of additional taxa in the Oriental Re- gion than it was in New Guinea or even in the remote Solomon and Vanatua island belts. So, it has to be stated that the whole genus Dicraspeda in its widest sense (including ‘Philemo- nia’ and ‘Macrocentra’) occurs in the Papuan and Australian (sub)regions, with the single exception of D. brunnea. Although, at the first glance, this genus clearly seems to be of Papuan origin - judg- ing from the large number and high diversity of species occurring there - the (probably) most plesi- otypic species occurs exclusively in the Oriental Region and does not exceed the boundaries of this region to the east. This would mean, then, that the origin of the genus should have been in the Oriental Region, whereas the high diversity in the Papuan and Australian regions was a subsequent process after immigration of one (or several) original stock(s) into these areas. Here, again, we note a northern lineage immigrating the Papuan-Australian Region that only after this immigration experienced a peri- od of rapid evolution and taxonomic diversifica- tion. Metaphorically spoken: the genus Dicraspeda first had to jump over Weber’s line to be able to further evolution. But then, the question arises again: why this evolution and taxonomic diversification was not possible in the vast insular belt of the south- ern Oriental Region? Acknowledgements My sincere thanks are due to the following persons who kindly gave or loaned to me types and material: Mr. R. Bejsak (Sydney), Dr. T. Deuve (Paris), Mr. A. Drumont (Brussels), Dr. ©. Martin (Copenhagen), Dr. E. Matthews (Adelaide), Dr. G. B. Monteith (Brisbane), Dr. A. Riedel (Lincoln, Nebraska), Mr. R. Rober (Hasselby, Sweden), Dr. W. Schawaller (Stuttgart), Dr. K. Walker (Mel- bourne), Mr. T. Weir (Canberra). References Baehr, M. 1996. Three new species of the genus Dicraspe- da Chaudoir from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleo- ptera, Carabidae, Odacanthinae). — Spixiana 19: 137-146 -- 1997. Three further new species of the genus Dicras- peda CHAaupoir from New Guinea (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Odacanthinae). — Mitt. Münch. Ent. Ges. 87: 29-37 -- 1998. Two further new species of the genus Dicras- peda Chaudoir from New Guinea and the New Hebrides (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Odacan- thinae). - Entomofauna 19: 173-184 -- 1999. A new genus of Odacanthinae from northern central Australia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae). - Coleoptera 2: 115-119 -- 2000. Some genera and species of ground beetles new to Australia (Coleoptera: Carabidae). - Mem. Qld. Mus. 46: 9-14 -- 2003. A peculiar new genus of Odacanthinae from northern Australia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabi- dae). - Monogr. Mus. reg. Sci. Nat. Torino 35: 99- 110 Chaudoir, M. de 1862. Materiaux pour servir a l’etude des Carabiques. 3° partie. — Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 35: 275-320 Gsiki, E. 1932. Coleopterorum Catalogus. Pars 124, Har- palinae VII: 1279-1598. — W. Junk, Berlin Darlington, P. J. Jr. 1968. The Carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part III. Harpalinae continued. Perigonini to Pseudomorphini. — Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 137: 1-253 Liebke, M. 1938. Denkschrift über die Carabiden-Tribus Colliurini. — Festschrift für Prof. Dr. Embrik Strand 4: 37-141 Lorenz, W. 1998. Systematic List of extant Ground Bee- tles of the World (Insecta Coleoptera “Geadepha- ga”: Trachpachidae and Carabidae incl. Paussinae, Cicindelinae. Rhysodidae). — Tutzing, printed by the author. 502 pp. Louwerens, C. J. 1970. The Carabidae of Rennell and Bellona Islands, with a few records from Guadalca- nal (Solomon Islands.). In: Wolff, T. (ed.): The nat- ural history of Rennell Island, British Solomon Is- lands. Scientific results of the Noona Dan Expedi- tion 1962 and the Danish Rennell Expedition 1965, Vol. 6, Zoology: 87-92. - Danish Science Press, Co- penhagen Macleay, W. J. 1888. The insects of King’s Sound and ist vicinity. - Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 3: 443- 480 Moore, B. P., T. A. Weir & J. E. Pyke. 1987. Rhysodidae and Carabidae. In: Zoological Catalogue of Aus- tralia, 4: 17-320. — Austr. Governm. Publ. Serv., Canberra Sloane, T. G. 1917. Carabidae from tropical Australia (New genera and species, notes and synonymy, and synoptic tables. Tribes Scaritini, Harpalini, Odacanthini, Lebiini, and Helluonini). — Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 42: 406-438 -- 1923. Studies in Australian Entomology. No. XVII. new genera and species of Carabidae (Scaritini, Pterostichini, Merizodini, Bembidiini, Trechini. Odacanthini, Panagaeini, Licinini, and Lebiini). — Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 48: 17-39 267 Buchbesprechungen 34. Sandlund, O.T. (ed.): Invasive Species and Biodiver- sity Management. — Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, Netherland, 1999. 431 pp. ISBN 0-412- 84080-4 Der vorliegende Band enthält die Tagungsbeiträge an- läßlich der “The Norway/United Nations (UN) Confe- rence on Alien Species” vom 1.-5. Juli 1996 in Trondheim, die sich mit dem brisanten Thema unserer Zeit, dem Vorhandensein oder der Ausbringung fremder, nicht ortsansässiger Arten befassen. Bereits die Ausbreitung der Kulturpflanzen in nicht angestammte Lebensräume zeigt, wie vielschichtig dieser Themenkomplex ist und welche bevölkerungspolitischen Zwänge hier auch nicht zuletzt für die Welternährung eine entscheidende Rolle spielen. Diese historischen Vorgaben können nur be- dingt auf heutige Fehleinschätzungen bei der Ausbrin- gung von Arten auch zur biologischen Schädlingsbe- kämpfung herangezogen werden, bei der vielfach die bodenständigen Floren- und Faunenelemente unvorher- gesehen geschädigt werden können. Bedauerlicherwei- se ist bis heute die Erforschung der Konkurrenzen und deren Einschätzung noch in den Anfängen. Die hier publizierten 27 Einzelbeiträge dokumentieren die Viel- falt der Probleme und Denkmöglichkeiten, bei denen vielfach die Umsetzung in Projekte gefordert wird. Von der Bedeutung einwandernder Arten, der Ausbringung von Organismen zur Kontrolle der “Fremdlinge” bis zur Bedeutung von Kanalsystemen zwischen unterschiedli- chen Meeren und dem damit geöffneten Austausch von Organismen wird hier die Fülle des Fragenkomplexes angegangen. Es bleibt die Frage, ob einwandernde Arten zu dulden sind, oder ob ihre Zuwanderung oder Aus- bringung zu stoppen ist, bzw. aufgehalten werden muß. Hier ist die Bewertung der Qualität der Arten, d.h. der gesamten potentiell beeinflußten Lebensgemeinschaft zu fordern. Diese Aufgabe kann nur weltweit angegangen werden, wobei intensive Studien zur Bedeutung der Fremden oder Einwanderer, ihre Auswirkung auf die “Grundbesitzer”, die jedoch auch in einen evolutiven Prozeß der Wandlung eingebunden sind, die Überwa- chung der Krankheitsverbreitung in einem internationa- len Kontext erfolgen müssen. Diese Konferenz, Aus- gangsort für die vorliegenden publizierten Präsentatio- nen, ist ein Beispiel für die Bedeutung, die diesem Problem beigemessen wird, auch wenn aus Mittel- und Osteuropa mehr Vertreter wünschenswert gewesen wä- ren. E.-G. Burmeister 268 35. Sternberg, K. & R. Buchwald (Hrsg.): Die Libellen Baden-Württembergs; Bd. 2: Großlibellen (Aniso- ptera), Literatur. - Eugen Ulmer Verlag Stuttgart, 2000. 225 Farbfotos, 33 Diagramme und Zeichnun- gen, 49 Verbreitungskarten und 20 Tabellen. ISBN 3-8001-3514-0 Nach dem gelungenen ersten Band, der einen allgemei- nen einführenden Teil und die Darstellung der 26 Klein- libellen umfaßt, konnte man auf eine ebenso detaillierte Abhandlung der Großlibellen gespannt sein. Auch diese ist vom Informationsgehalt herausragend und stellt ge- meinsam mit dem ersten Band ein Standardwerk dar. Im deutschsprachigen Raum fehlt ein annähernd heranrei- chendes Werk, das die Arten so intensiv behandelt, was auf die umfangreichen Recherchen der Autoren hin- weist, die von den Herausgebern gewonnen werden konnten. Die Vorstellung der Arten erfolgt nach dem bewährten Muster, wobei die Namensgebung der Zu- sammenfassung von Fliedner 1997 (nicht Fiedler !) folgt. Nach dem Artnamen wird eine Synonymieliste aufge- führt, dieser folgen kurze Bemerkungen zum Erschei- nungsbild besonders von Farbvarianten und kurze Be- stimmungshilfen, obwohl es sich hier nicht um ein Be- stimmungsbuch handelt. Die folgende Dokumentation der Verbreitung teilt sich in die Gesamtverbreitung, das regionale Auftreten sowie die Vertikalausbreitung. An- gaben zur Phänologie teilen sich in die Zeitabschnitte des Jahres und des Tages, die Lebensraumansprüche in die Biotopangaben allgemein, das Larvalhabitat mit Angaben zur Vegetation, der Fließgeschwindigkeit, dem Gewässergrund, der Tiefe mit Wasserführung, den Was- serchemismus, der Trophiestufe bzw. der Gewässergüte und der Wassertemperatur. Es folgen Angaben zum Schlüpfhabitat und die Imaginalhabitate. Letztere glie- dern sich wiederum in Reife- und Jagdhabitate, Ruheha- bitate, Fortpflanzungshabitate, wobei auf die umgeben- de Landschaft, die Beschattung, ganz besonders die Ve- getation, die Fließgeschwindigkeit, Uferbeschaffenheit, Wassertiefe besonderer Wert gelegt wird. Eiablagehabi- tat und das entsprechende Substrat finden ebenso Er- wähnung wie Hinweise zu ursprünglichen Biotopen. Umfangreich sind die Angaben zur Biologie der Larven wie die der Imagines, wobei zahlreiche Zitate die viel- fach regional unterschiedlichen Bedingungen aufzeigen. Den Abschluß eines jeden der 49 Artkapitel bilden An- gaben zur Parasitierung und zur Gefährdung sowie zu Pflege und Schutz. Ein fast komplett zu bezeichnendes Literaturverzeichnis schließt den Band ab, der zum Glück für alle Interessenten an der Odonatologie, Einsteiger wie Alte Hasen, entgegen erster unverständlicher Miß- stimmungen zustande gekommen ist. Die Faszination an dieser Insektengruppe wird durch diese Zusammen- fassung der Libellen Baden-Württembergs, dem arten- reichsten Bundesland, in besonderer Weise verstärkt. E.-G. Burmeister BEITTWEIE HIER 269-275 München, 01. November 2003 ISSN 0341-8391 Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Ovulidae XIII. Pseudosimnia flava, spec. nov. und Aperiovula juanjosensii Perez & Gomez, 1987 aus dem Bathyal des Zentralatlantiks (Mollusca, Gastropoda) Dirk Fehse Fehse, D. (2003): Contributions to the knowledge of the Ovulidae XII. Pseudo- simnia flava, spec. nov. and Aperiovula juanjosensii Perez & Gomez, 1987 from the bathyal of the central Atlantic (Mollusca: Gastropoda). — Spixiana 26/3: 269-275 A new species of the family Ovulidae Fleming, 1828 is described from the bathyal of the central Atlantic. The new species belongs to the genus Pseudosimnia Schilder, 1925 in the subfamily Ovulinae Fleming, 1828. The type species of the genus is Bulla carnea Poiret, 1789. Pseudosimnia flava spec. nov. is compared with the similar looking Pseudosimnia carnea (Poiret, 1789) from the Mediterranean and Eastern Atlantic and with the Caribbean Pseudosimnia vanhyningi (M. Smith, 1940) and Pseudosimnia sphoni Cate, 1973. Further specimens of the previously rare Aperiovula juanjosensii Perez & Gomez, 1987 were found in association with the new species. Primovula bellocgae Cardin, 1997 from W Morocco is now identified as a junior synonym of A. juanjosensii. Dirk Fehse, Nippeser Str. 3, D-12524 Berlin, Germany; E-Mail: dirk.fehse@ftk.rohde-schwarz.com Einleitung Enrico Schwabe, Sammlungsmanager der Zoologi- schen Staatssammlung München, bat mich darum, die dort befindlichen Ovulidae und Triviidae zu bestimmen, damit diese dann in den Sammlungska- talog aufgenommen werden könnten. Er lenkte meine Aufmerksamkeit zuerst auf die während ei- ner Forschungsexpedition mit dem Schiff Meteor im Jahre 1967 lebend gesammelten Ovuliden. Diese stammen aus einer Tiefe zwischen 210 und 305 m vom Josephine Seamount, Station IC-AT42 (36°42'N / 14°14'W) im westlichen Zentralatlantik. Alle Scha- len waren als Pseudosimnia carnea gekennzeichnet. Nach einer ersten Durchsicht des Materials stellte sich heraus, dass sich darunter eine ganze Anzahl der zuvor als sehr selten betrachteten Aperiovula juanjosensii Perez & Gomez, 1987 befanden. Diese Art wurde anhand von fünf teilweise juvenilen Ge- häusen bzw. schlecht erhaltenen Todfunden be- schrieben. Deswegen haben die Autoren wohl auch kein Foto wiedergegeben, sondern nur eine wenig aussagekräftige Strichzeichnung ohne Plastizität. Der Holotyp ist eine juvenile Schale, bei der das Funiculum noch nicht ausgebildet ist. Oliveiro & Villa (1998: figs 13, 14) zeigten jedoch zum ersten Mal ein Foto von zwei Paratypen. Bei beiden Ge- häusen ist aber einwandfrei ein Funiculum zu er- kennen, obwohl auch diese Schalen noch nicht voll- ständig ausgewachsen sind. Aufgrund des angeb- lich nicht vorhandenen Funiculums beschrieb Cardin (1997: 24) Primovula (Adamantia) bellocgae. Auch dabei wurden nur vier Schalen zum Anlaß genommen, eine neue Art aufzustellen. Der Holotyp und der Paratypl wurden lebend zwischen Safi und Agadir, West-Marokko gesammelt. Die beiden weiteren Schalen sind wiederum nur schlecht erhaltene, z.T. zerbrochene Totfunde. Unter den bei der Meteor- Abb. 1. Pseudosimnia flava, spec. nov. Holotyp (ZSM, coll. No. 20020534). Forschungsexpedition aufgefundenen Schalen sind Exemplare von A. juanjosensii verschiedener Ent- wicklungsstadien, die je nach Alter des Tieres einen kontinuierlichen Aufbau des Funiculums belegen. Damit ist bewiesen, dass P. bellocgae ein jüngeres Synonym von A. juanjosensi ist. In der vorliegenden Arbeit wird das Tier und seine Radula beschrieben und abgebildet und die Zuordnung zur Gattung Aperiovula Cate, 1973 wird bewiesen. Zusammen mit A. juanjosensii wurden außer- dem Schalen der Gattung Pseudosimnia aufgefun- den. Auf den ersten Blick schien es sich um albinis- tische Schalen von Pseudosimnia carnea zu handeln. Eine eingehendere Untersuchung ergab aber ver- schiedene morphologische Unterschiede. Diese wurden schließlich durch die Radula und den Habi- tus der Tiere bestätigt. Aufgrund dessen wird Pseu- dosimnia flava, spec. nov. als neue Art beschrieben. Pseudosimnia flava, spec. nov. Abb. 1-4 Typen. Holotyp: Josephine Seamount, Station 9C-AT42 (36°42'N/ 14°14'W), in einer Tiefe zwischen 210-305 m am 1.7.1967 mit dem Schiff Meteor gesammelt. Länge: 12,2 mm; Breite: 7,5 mm; Höhe: 6,3 mm; adult (ZSM coll. No. 20020534). — Paratypen (alle vom gleichen Fundort, alle ZSM coll. No. 20020652): Nr. 1, Länge: 11,1 mm; Breite: 7,0 mm; Höhe: 6,0 mm; adult; Nr. 2, Länge: 9,4 mm; Breite: 5,2 mm; Höhe: 4,5 mm; adult; Nr. 3, Länge: 12,4 mm; Breite: 7,6 mm; Höhe: 6,0 mm; adult; Nr. 4, Länge: 11,2 mm; Breite: 6,8 mm; Höhe: 5,2 mm; adult; Nr. 5, Länge: 8,4 mm; Breite: 4,5 mm; Höhe: 3,6 mm; subadult; Nr. 6, Länge: 11,3 mm; Breite: 6,9 mm; Höhe: 6,6 mm; adult; Nr. 7, Länge: 10,6 mm; Breite: 6,7 mm; Höhe: 5,3 mm; adult; Nr. 8, Länge: 10,5 mm; Breite: 6,7 mm; Höhe: 5,4 mm; adult; Nr. 9, Trocken- präparat; adult. Beschreibung des Holotypus Das mittelgroße Gehäuse ist glänzend, etwas durchscheinend, dünn und gebläht pyriform. Die 270 Abb. 2. Pseudosimnia flava, spec. nov. Paratyp 1 (ZSM, coll. No. 20020652). Seitenränder konvergieren abrupt zu einer zuge- spitzten adapicalen und einer spatelförmigen, ab- gestumpften abapicalen Terminalprojektion an bei- den Enden. Das geblähte, gekrümmte Dorsum ist glatt und transversale, eingeschnittene Striae befin- den sich nur oberhalb der Terminale. Die Basis ist wenig gebläht, eiförmig, glatt, glänzend und meis- tens kallös. Am vorderen Ende verengt sich die Basis zu einer verdickten, gut ausgeformten und kurzen Terminalfalte. Hinten erhebt sich auf der Verengung der Basis ein gut entwickeltes, kallöses Funiculum, welches die linke Seite des gebogenen Analkanals bildet. Der Analkanal ist ausgeformt und kaum ausgeschnitten an seinem Ende. Die Co- lumella ist breit, konvex und setzt sich zur Front zur einer breiten, flachen, mäßig entwickelten Fossula fort. Unten wird die Fossula durch eine Carinalfalte begrenzt, die sich aber nur teilweise zur Columella fortsetzt. Die Mündung ist besonders im Bereich der Fossula ansonsten nur mäßig verbreitert. Beim Analkanal ist die Mündung akut gebogen. Die La- brallippe ist über ihre gesamte Länge von nahezu gleicher Breite. Sie ist ventral abgeflacht und fällt unwesentlich schräg zur Mündung ab, während der äußere Seitenrand gerundet ist. An deren Innen- kante befinden sich zahlreiche schwach entwickelte Zähne, die teilweise als Falten auf der Lippe verlän- gert sind. Die Gehäusefarbe ist gelblich beige. Die Kallosi- tät der Basis, der Labrallippe, der Columella, der Fossula und des Funiculums ist weiß. Das Dorsum ist von dem Kallus durch eine schwach sichtbare, gelbe, gut definierte, feine Linie separiert, welche das gesamte Gehäuse umgibt. Variationen. Die Gehäuse variieren erheblich im Grad ihrer Aufblähung. Manche sind langgestreckt pyriform und kommen Aperiovula juanjosensii sehr nahe, während andere sehr gebläht sind und fast kugelförmig wirken. Die Ausbildung des Analka- nals ist ebenfalls ziemlich variabel, was im Zusam- menhang mit dem Funiculum steht. In ähnlicher Abb.3. Pseudosimnia flava, spec. nov. Radula vom Para- typ 9, gezeichnet nach lichtmikroskopischen Aufnah- men. Weise sind der Siphonalkanal und die Terminalfal- te in ihrer Ausbildungsgrad von Individuum zu Individuum unterschiedlich. Die Gehäusefärbung variiert ebenfalls in der Intensität. Da die Kallositä- ten immer weiß erscheinen, ist die gelbliche Gehäu- sefärbung der Art zu eigen und kein Resultat einer alimentaren Homochromie. Beschreibung des Paratyp Nr. 9 Das Tier ist von einheitlich milchig gelblicher Färbung. Die beiden Mantelhälften sind durchschei- nend und tragen kleine, warzenförmige Papillae. Die cephalischen Tentakel und der kurze Sipho sind nicht besonders gekennzeichnet. An der Basis der Tentakel befindet sich ein kleines schwarzes Auge. Der Fuß ist langgestreckt und fleischig. Die Radula ist taeniogloss nach der Formel 2, 1, 1, 1,2. Der Rachidialzahn ist breit “V”-förmig an der Basis, seitlich gerundet und oben sehr breit “V”- förmig mit einer Eindellung am Scheitelpunkt. Die obere Kante ist mit einer ganzen Reihe von gut entwickelten Zähnchen besetzt. Das zentrale Zähn- chen tritt deutlich hervor und ist eingerahmt zu beiden Seiten mit je einem weniger entwickelten Zahn, so dass ein harpunenartiger Eindruck ent- steht. Das zentrale Zähnchen ist flankiert von bei- den Seiten von weiteren 5 bis 7 langen, spitzen Zähnchen. Der Lateralzahn ist klauenförmig mit breiter, etwas eingedrückter Basis und einem lan- gen, spitzen prominenten Zähnchen am oberen Ende. Diesem sind drei bis vier weniger entwickelte Zähnchen vorgelagert. Die innere Oberfläche des Lateralzahns ist gefaltet. Der innere Marginalzahn ist schmal, an der Basis zugespitzt und am oberen Ende flabellat. Der äußere Marginalzahn ist an der Abb. 4. Pseudosimnia flava, spec. nov. Rachidial- und Lateralzahn der Radula von Paratyp 9. Basis gerundet “V”-förmig und verbreitert sich er- heblich zu oberen, flabellaten Kante. Beide Margi- nalzähne sind mit dichten, langen Zähnchen, deren oberstes Ende zweigeteilt ist, besetzt. Etymologie. Die neue Art wurde aufgrund der Fär- bung des Tieres und des Gehäuses benannt. Das lateinische Adjektiv, flava, bedeutet hell gelb oder gelblich. Diskussion Die Schale der neuen Art gleicht in ihrer Morpholo- gie Pseudosimnia carnea. Letztere ist für ihre alimen- tare Homochromie bekannt, d. h. Farbpigmente der Wirtskoralle werden mindestens in die Schale ein- gelagert (Fehse 2001: 6). Deswegen zeigt P. carnea die verschiedensten Farbtöne von weißlich rot bis tiefrot und rötlich violett. Daher ist es möglich, dass Tiere, die auf farblosen Korallen leben, auch ent- sprechend blaß aussehen können. Allerdings trifft das in diesem Fall nicht zu. Pseudosimnia flava ist zwar conchologisch nahezu identisch mit P. carnea, aber die Arttrennung erfolgt hier in erster Linie in den Unterschieden der Radula und der Tiere. Nichts- destoweniger sind die Schalen von P. carnea in der Regel langgestreckter und weniger gebläht. Das hin- tere Terminalende ist mehr spatelförmig verlängert. Die Unterschiede im Tier sind aber gravierender. Pseudosimnia carnea hat durchscheinende Mantel- lappen, die dicht mit kleinen, schwarzen Punkten besetzt sind (Ghisotti & Melone 1969: fig. 2; einge- trocknete Exemplare in der Sammlung des Autors). Die Radula von P. flava ist auch sehr deutlich von P. carnea unterscheidbar: Die Zähnchen des Rachi- dialzahns sind wesentlich länger und P. carnea be- sitzt kein harpunenförmiges zentrales Zähnchen. Die Gestalt des Lateralzahns ist völlig grundver- m SI -— Abb. 5. Aperiovula juanjosensii Perez & Gomez, 1987. Josephine Seamount in 210-305 m Tiefe (ZSM, coll. No. 20020535). schieden. Die Basis ist bei P. carnea ist kompliziert gefaltet und verlängert. Die Marginalzähne sind ebenfalls bei P. flava von einfacherer Gestalt. P. flava beweist einmal mehr, dass bei den Ovuliden schon geringe Gehäuseunterschiede, wie sie seinerzeit Cate aufgefallen waren, durchaus unterschiedliche Ar- ten anzeigen können (Fehse 1999). Die neue Art ist conchologisch sehr einfach von Pseudosimnia expallescens Schilder, 1967 zu trennen, deren Status noch sehr zweifelhaft ist. Das einzige bekannte Gehäuse von P. expallescens aus Dakar, Senegal ist von ähnlicher Färbung aber der Anal- kanal ist mehr entwickelt, das Funiculum ist kallö- ser und dreieckig, das hintere Terminalende und die Terminalfalte sind langgestreckter, das Dorsum ist fast ganz von vertieften Striae bedeckt und die Labralzähnchen sind gröber und weniger zahlreich. Es mag möglich sein, dass P. expallescens nur eine Variation von P. carnea ist, jedoch sind die erweiter- ten dorsalen striae wiederum ein Indiz für die mög- liche Gültigkeit der Art. Leider liegen keine weite- ren Exemplare zum Vergleich vor. In der Karibik sind ebenfalls drei Vertreter der Gattung Pseudosimnia ansässig: Pseudosimnia pyrife- ra Cate, 1973, P. vanhyningi (M. Smith, 1940) und P. sphoni Cate, 1973. Beide letzteren Formen, die einander sehr ähnlich sind und möglicherweise nur eine Art darstellen, sind von P. flava sehr einfach unterscheidbar: Sie sind in ihrem Aussehen von regelmäßsigerer Gestalt, das Gehäuse ist fast gewin- kelt und auf dem Dorsum gebuckelt, die Mündung ist über die gesamte Länge sehr eng, die Labrallippe ist gerundet und die Zähne am Innenrand sind deut- licher ausgebildet, die Terminalfalte ist weniger ent- wickelt und die Gehäuse sind von anderer Farbe: schwach oliv bei P. vanhyningi und beige bis stroh- farben bei P. sphoni. Aus den vorgenannten Grün- den sind ebenfalls beide Formen von P. carnea zu Abb. 6. Aperiovula juanjosensii Perez & Gomez, 1987. Josephine Seamount in 210-305 m Tiefe (ZSM, coll. No. 20020535). trennen, obwohl Oliverio & Villa (1998: 50) P. vanhy- ningi in die Synonymie von P. carnea stellten. Die dritte karibische Art (P. pyrifera) ist noch einfacher von der neuen Art zu trennen, denn das gesamte Dorsum ist mit Striae bedeckt, der Analkanal und das Funiculum sind grundsätzlich anders geformt und auch die Gehäusefärbung weicht stark von- einander ab. Aperiovula juanjosensii Perez & Gomez, 1987 Abb. 5-9 1987 Aperiovula juanjosensii Perez & Gomez, 1987: 231, figs A, B; Oliverio & Villa 1998: 56, figs 13, 14. Primovula (Adamantia) bellocgae Cardin, 1997: 24-25, figs 1-2. Beschreibung Das Tier ist einheitlich gelblich ocker. Die bei- den Mantelhälften sind opak und glatt. Die cephali- schen Tentakel und der kurze Sipho sind nicht besonders gekennzeichnet. An der Basis der Tenta- kel befindet sich ein kleines schwarzes Auge. Der Fuß ist langgestreckt und fleischig. Die Radula ist taeniogloss nach der Formel 2, 1, 1, 1, 2. Der Rachidialzahn ist geschwungen “U”- förmig an der Basis, seitlich gerundet und oben breit konisch. Die obere Kante ist mit einer ganzen Reihe von gut entwickelten Zähnchen besetzt. Das zentrale Zähnchen tritt deutlich hervor und ist an beiden Seiten von weiteren 5-6 langen, spitzen Zähn- chen flankiert. Der Lateralzahn ist langgestreckt klauenförmig mit langer, etwas eingedrückter Basis und einem sägezahnähnlichen oberen Ende, das aus vier bis fünf Zähnchen besteht, wobei das Zähn- chen am äußersten Ende das größte von ihnen ist. Die innere Oberfläche des Lateralzahns ist gefaltet. Der innere Marginalzahn ist schmal, an der Basis SU Abb. 7. Aperiovula juanjosensii Perez & Gomez, 1987 Radula nach lichtmikroskopischen Aufnahmen gezeichnet. Abb. 8. Aperiovula juanjosensii Perez & Gomez, 1987. Rachidial- und Lateralzahn der Radula. zugespitzt und am oberen Ende flabellat. Der äuße- re Marginalzahn ist an der Basis stumpf “V”-förmig und verbreitert sich erheblich zu oberen, flabellaten Kante. Beide Marginalzähne sind mit dichten, lan- gen Zähnchen, deren oberstes Ende gerundet ist, besetzt. Diskussion Cardin (1997: 24) unterschied die vom ihm aufge- stellte Art von A. juanjosensii wie folgt: “Primovula bellocgae n. sp. is proportionally wider, more hum- ped and angled, anterior canal is more truncated and the posterior canal is more rounded and not as extended. The drawing of Aperiovula juanjoseensis Perez & Gömez 1987 shows a shell without a funicu- lum compared to Primovula bellocgae n. sp. with a strong well-defined funiculum. Primovula bellocgae n. sp. is dorsally humped and transversally angled, while Aperiovula juanjoseensis Perez & Gömez 1987 Abb. 9. Aperiovula juanjosensii Perez & Gomez, 1987. Marginalzähne der Radula. is pyriform (The feature is consitent with the gene- ric placement). The crenations (too indistinct to be described as teeth) of Primovula bellocgae n. sp. do not extend beyond the lip at any point as in Aperio- vula juanjoseensis Perez & Gömez 1987.” Die bei der Meteor-Forschungsexpedition ge- fundenen Schalen zeigen einerseits langgestreckte, schlanke, birnförmige Gehäuse mit enger Mündung und andererseits die für P. bellocqae typischen Ge- häusemerkmale und dazwischen ein ganzes Spek- trum an Zwischenstufen. Dies mag mit ihrer Positi- on auf dem Wirt zusammenhängen. Es darf auch nicht vergessen werden, dass Perez & Gomez nur ein juveniles Gehäuse abbildeten. Dafür spricht auch das durchscheinende, nicht sehr solide Gehäuse (Pe- rez & Gomez 1987: 232), das beide beschrieben. Es ist aber bemerkenswert, daß sie schrieben: “The funiculus is well-marked”. Anscheinend wurde Car- din aufgrund des fehlenden Funiculums in der zeich- nerischen Darstellung von A. juanjosensii dazu ani- miert, eine neues Taxon aufzustellen, denn ansonsten m N 109 wäre er nicht explizit darauf eingegangen. Merk- würdig ist aber, dass er die Beschreibung Perez & Gomez’ nicht berücksichtigte. Wie dem auch sei, aufgrund der festgestellten Übergänge zwischen beiden Formen ist es angezeigt, die von Cardin beschriebene Art als jüngeres Synonym von A. juan- josensii zu verstehen. Oliverio & Villa (1998: 56) ordneten A. juanjosen- sii der Gattung Primovula Thiele, 1925 (Typusart: Amphiperas beckeri Sowerby, 1900) zu und schrieben: “... closer relationship with the group of species usually placed in Primovula seems more sounding”. Ihre Entscheidung wurde aber nicht weiter disku- tiert. Es gibt bei den älteren und teilweise auch bei den durch Cate aufgestellten Gattungen das Pro- blem, dass die gattungskennzeichnenden Merkma- le nur sehr ungenügend oder gar nicht beschrieben bzw. diese nicht durch die Radula bestätigt wur- den. Bei der durch Oliverio &Villa bzw. durch Car- din vorgenommene Zuordnung ergeben sich meh- rere Schwierigkeiten. Die erste wäre die der Zoogeo- graphie. Es gibt keinen Hinweis darauf, wie die indopazifische Gattung Primovula in den Atlantik gekommen sein soll. Weder in den tertiären Ablage- rungen Europas noch der Karibik sind bislang Ver- treter dieser Gattung gefunden worden, die eine Einwanderung von West nach Ost oder umgekehrt belegen würden. Zweitens lassen die Gehäusemor- phologien keineswegs eine Einordnung in die Gat- tung Primovula zu. Die Arten der Gattung Primovula sind vor allem dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass alle Gehäuse eingeschnittene, dorsale Striae aufweisen. Des weiteren ist die Form des Analkanals und insbesondere des Funiculums unterschiedlich. Das Funiculum ist bei Primovula auf die Basis reduziert, zumeist gefaltet und hat die Form eines Dreiecks. Dagegen ist das Funiculum bei Aperiovula nicht nä- her in der Form spezifizierbar, sondern entspricht eher einer umlaufenden Falte, die teilweise auch auf dem Dorsum fortgeführt ist. Aber der beste Beweis ist die Radula. Der Rachidialzahn von Prim- ovula beckeri ist in der Grundform elliptisch (Bar- nard 1963: fig. 6c, Liltved 2000: fig. 28b für Primovula diaphana Liltved, 1987), wohingegen derjenige der Gattung Aperiovula differenzierter ist: die Basis be- schreibt ein “U”, wobei an beiden Seiten spitze Aus- wüchse möglich sind (Sabelli 1972: fig. 3). Zusammenfassung Die Unterscheidung von Arten innerhalb der Ovul- idae gestaltet sich zunehmend schwierig, weil allein nur geringfügige conchologische Merkmale dies anzeigen können. Dabei ist nicht gemeint, dass die 274 Gehäusegröße oder dessen Aufblähung oder die Länge der Terminalenden dafür in Frage kämen, denn diese variieren zum Teil erheblich innerhalb einer Art. Crawford Neill Cate bewies indes ein unglaubliches Feingefühl für die artspezifischen Merkmale, obwohl er meistens nur eine oder wenige Schalen für die Artbeschreibung zur Verfügung hatte. Pseudosimnia flava, spec. nov. ist eine Art, die sich im Gehäuse nur unwesentlich von ihrer Ver- wandten Pseudosimnia carnea unterscheidet, dennoch sind deutliche Unterschiede im Aussehen der Tiere und der Radula zu finden. Das Mittelmeer und der anschließende Atlantik entlang der westafrikanischen Küste galten bisher als sehr artenarm im Hinblick auf die Ovulidae, im Vergleich zum Indopazifik und der Karibik. Durch das vorliegende Material erhöht sich die Zahl der rezenten Arten auf mindestens 15 Formen: Xandar- ovula patula (Pennant, 1777), Aperiovula adriatica (So- werby, 1828), Aperiovula emersoni Cate, 1973, Aperi- ovula juanjosensii Perez & Gomez, 1987, Pseudosim- nia carnea (Poiret, 1789), Pseudosimnia expallescens Schilder, 1967, Pseudosimnia flava, spec. nov,, Neosim- nia spelta (Linne, 1758), Neosimnia senegalensis (Schil- der, 1931), Neosimnia sculptura Cate, 1973, Neosimnia sp. (in der Sammlung des Autors), Cymbovula bebae Fernandez & Rolan, 1995, Cymbovula sp. (Oliverio & Villa, 1998: 56, Text-Figs. 15, 16), Simnialena sp. (in der Sammlung des Autors) und Turbovula sp. (in der Sammlung des Autors). Da die westafrikanische Küste im Hinblick der Ovulidae noch sehr uner- forscht ist, werden gerade hier noch weitere Entde- ckungen möglich sein. Zwei Arten jedoch, die Cate als vom Mittelmeer stammend beschrieb (Globovula tripolia Cate, 1973 und Prionovolva castanea Cate, 1978), haben aller Wahrscheinlichkeit nach andere Fund- orte. Prionovolva castanea lebt entlang der ostafrika- nischen Küste (Fehse 2000) und kürzlich konnte ich eine Schale von Globovula tripolia aus der Sammlung Beddome erhalten, die von Queensland, Australien stammt. Die ostafrikanische P. castanea könnte durch- aus in das Mittelmeer einwandern, jedoch konnte sie bisher noch nicht einmal im Roten Meer nachge- wiesen werden. Damit bestätigt sich in beiden Fäl- len wieder die außerordentliche Wirksamkeit von Barrieren für die Verbreitung von Gattungen. Trotz aller anderslautender Bemerkungen gibt es bislang keine amphiatlantische Ovulide (Talave- ra 1974: 94 ff.; vgl. Poppe & Goto 1991: 125 ff.). Derartige Behauptungen sind bisher immer unbe- wiesen geblieben. Die karibischen Formen der Gat- tung Pseudosimnia, die für P. carnea gehalten wer- den, unterscheiden sich erheblich von der mediter- ranen und ostatlantischen Art. Ebenso verhält es sich mit Neosimnia spelta. Danksagung Ich danke besonders Enrico Schwabe von der Zoologi- schen Staatssammlung München, der es mir ermöglich- te, das vorgenannte Material einzusehen, wodurch es erst möglich wurde, diese Bearbeitung vorzunehmen und die Ovulidae des Atlantiks besser zu verstehen. Des weiteren unterstützte er diese Bearbeitung durch Präpa- ration und Fotografien der Radulae. Literatur Barnard, K. H. 1963. Contributions to the knowledge of South African marine Mollusca. Part III. Gastropo- da: Prosobranchiata: Taenioglossa. - Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 47(1): 1-199, figs 1-37 Cate, C. N. 1973. A Systematic Revision of the Recent Cypraeid Family Ovulidae (Mollusca: Gastropo- da). - Veliger 15, Supplement: I-IV: 1-116, figs 1-251 -- 1978. New Species of Ovulidae and Reinstatement of Margovula pyrulina (A. ADAMS, 1854) (Gastro- poda). — Nautilus 92(4): 160-167 Fehse, D. 1999. On the Status of Phenacovolva (Ph.) schmi- di Fehse & Wiese 1993 (Gastropoda: Ovulidae). - La Conchiglia 31(293): 19-26, 12 figs, 2 tabs -- 2000. Contributions to the knowledge of the Ovuli- dae (Gastropoda: Cypraeoidea). IV. Notes on the genus Prionovolva. - La Conchiglia 32(296): 38-52, 62, pls 1-3, tabs 1-2, figs 1-13 -- 2001. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Ovulidae (Mollus- ca: Cypraeoidea). VIII. Einleitung zur Familie so- wie Katalog, Taxonomie und Bibliographie und Be- merkungen zu verwandten Gruppen. — Acta Con- chyl. 5: 3-51, figs 1-3, tabs 1-6 Fernandes, F. & E. Rolän 1995. Cymbula bebae sp. nov. (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Ovulidae) new species for the Angolan fauna. — Argonauta 9(7-9): 15-18 Ghisotti, F. & G. C. Melone 1969. Pseudosimnia (Pseudo- simnia) carnea (Poiret 1789). —- Schede Malacol. Me- dit., Soc. Malacol. Ital., sheet 19-Ag-01, figs. 1-13, 2 unnumb. text figs, 1 tab. Liltved, W. R. 2000. Cowries and their relatives of Southern Africa. A study of the southern African Cypraeacean and Velutinacean gastropod fauna. — Gordon Verhoef, Seacomber Publ., 2” enlarged edit.: 224 pp., 298 + numerous unnumbered text figs Poppe, G. T. & Y. Goto 1991. European Seashells, Vol. 1. — Verlag Christa Hemmen, Wiesbaden: 352 pp., 40 pls, 29 figs Perez, G. & R. Gomez 1987. Aperiovula juanjosensii spec. nov. (Mollusca Gastropoda): Una nuova specie delle isole Canarie. - Argonauta 1-2(13-14): 231-235 Oliveiro, M. & R. Villa 1998. Notes on the Ovulidae of Canary Islands (Prosobranchia, Eratoidea). - Argo- nauta 11(2): 49-58, figs 1-22 Sabelli, B. 1972. Alcune osservazioni su Pseudosimnia carnea e Pseudosimnia adriatica. - Conchiglie 8(5-6): 57-62, figs 1-4 Talavera Casanas, F. G. 1974. Los Moluscos gasteropo- dos anfiatlanticos (Estudio paleo y biogerografico de las especies bentonicas litorales). — Secretariado Publicaciones Universidad de la Laguna, Coleccion Monografias 10: 325 pp., 7 pls. La Laguna, Teneriffe Thiele, J. 1931. Handbuch der systematischen Weichtier- kunde, 1. - Verlag Gustav Fischer, Stuttgart: XXX, 783 figs m N 1 Buchbesprechungen 36. Streble, H. & D. Krauter: Das Leben im Wassertrop- fen — Mikroflora und Mikrofauna des Süßwassers, ein Bestimmungsbuch. 9. Aufl. - Franckh-Kosmos Verlags-GmbH & Co, Stuttgart, 2002. 428 S., über 1700 Zeichnungen und zahlreiche Fotos. ISBN 3-440- 08431-0 Dieser Klassiker unter den Bestimmungsbüchern zur Erkennung der Kleinstlebewesen des Süßwassers unse- rer Breiten konnte in der vorliegenden 9. Auflage erneut erweitert werden. So wurden in den allgemeinen Teilen die Güteklassifizierung der Gewässer, die biologischen Gewässeruntersuchungen und Gewässerbeurteilungen den modernen Standards angepaßt. Eine umfangreiche Tabelle gibt die Trophiestufen und die Gewässergüte zu den behandelten Arten nach Organismengruppen ge- gliedert an. Demzufolge wurde auch das Literaturver- zeichnis geringfügig erweitert und auffällige, bisher ver- nachlässigte Formen werden beschrieben und darge- stellt, die klassischen Tafeln blieben jedoch dabei erhalten. In den mitteleuropäischen- bzw. deutschen Raum einge- wanderte Arten, sog. Neozonen auf diesem mikroskopi- schen Niveau werden ebenfalls hinzugefügt. All dies machte einen neuen Typenschlüssel notwendig, der den Ansprüchen eines Bestimmungsschlüssels nicht gerecht wird. Zur Bestimmung ist der vergleichende Text zu den Abbildungen unerläßlich. Einige Namen der Taxa wur- den der neueren Nomenklatur angepaßt. Das vorliegen- de zusammenfassende Buch wurde durch zahlreiche Farbabbildungen bereichert. Weiterhin bleibt dieses “Wassertropfenführer” eine unersetzliches Handwerks- zeug für den interessierten Einsteiger in die Limnologie und ganz besonders in die Organismenwelt heimischer Gewässer. E.-G. Burmeister 37. Rogner, M.: Naturreiseführer Kanarische Inseln. — Natur und Tier - Verlag GmbH, Münster, 2002. 320 S., 277 Farbabb. ISBN 3-931587-51-7 Da die Inselgruppe der Kanarischen Inseln , benannt als die des ewigen Frühlings auf Grund ihrer atlantischen, weitgehend gleichbleibenden klimatischen Bedingungen, zu einem der beliebtesten Reiseziele der Mitteleuropäer gehört, verwundert es nicht, daß ein weiterer Naturfüh- rer dieser Floren- und Faunenregion dem Touristen an die Hand gegeben wird. Dabei werden zunächst abriß- haft die besonderen Lebensbedingungen dieser vulkani- schen Inseln vorgestellt. Dieser Darstellung folgen allge- mein gehaltene Einführungen in die Vegetationsformen 276 und die Tierwelt. Bei der Darstellung der Pflanzenwelt, die zudem durch zahllose Endemiten gekennzeichnet ist, ganze Pflanzengruppen kommen nur auf diesen Inseln vor, werden bedauerlicherweise nur wenige Grup- pen exemplarisch vorgestellt, was sich auch bei der De- tailbeschreibung der Inseln fortsetzt. Dort werden viel- fach Pflanzen kurz beschreibend erwähnt ohne Bild- nachweis und ohne auf die Fülle einzugehen, die dem Besucher die Naturerfahrung näher bringen würde. Ganz im Gegensatz dazu wird die Darstellung der Tierwelt, insbesondere der Reptilien durch Detailfakten überfrachtet. Diese hätten zur Vermeidung ständiger Wiederholungen der Maße, etc. in Form einer Tabelle übersichtlicher dargestellt werden können. Zumal sind Hälterungsangaben von Terrarientieren in einem Natur- führer fehl am Platze. Die Einseitigkeit des Autors zeigt sich bei Angaben, daß Eidechsen sich vermehrt an Ab- fallplätzen aufhalten, und dem Leser den Verzehr von Aas neben Pflanzenmaterialien suggerieren, obwohl sie dort, wie andernorts auch, nur die Fliegschwärme jagen (S. 102). Die neben den Eidechsen (Gallotia sp.) und Gek- kos (Tarentola sp.) sowie im Küstenbereich als auch im Innern der ariden Areale der Inseln vorkommenden Schwarzkäfer (Tenebrionidae) finden mit keinem Wort Erwähnung, wie insgesamt die Tierwelt nur sehr einsei- tig gesehen wird. Insekten werden nur durch Libellen und Schmetterlinge repräsentiert. Dies gilt auch für die marine Fauna, die nur als Schnorchelparadies gesehen wird, nicht aber als besonders diverse Strandfauna be- sonders nach den Frühjahresstürmen dem Naturliebha- ber auffällt. So werden entsprechende Bereich etwa im Norden von Lanzarote oder im Süden Teneriffas als unattraktiv abgetan. Der Abschnitt, der die einzelnen Inseln vorstellt, gibt nur bedingt einen Überblick über die vielfach faszinierende Naturvielfalt und die grandio- sen geologischen Formationen. Auch hier überkommt den Autor wieder die Bevorzugung der Kriechtiere, die nur in wenigen Arten vorhanden sind und deren Unter- schiede nur statistischen Merkmalsanalysen unterliegen. Der vorliegende Naturführer stellt unter den vor- handenen, wobei Hauptaugenmerk für den Besucher der Inseln die Pflanzenwelt ist, einen weiteren Aspekt dar, der jedoch allein nicht allen naturinteressierten Tou- risten gerecht wird. Leider sind Ortsangaben auf den groben Übersichtskarten, die dem Natur- und Wander- freund als Richtschnur gelten, vielfach nicht auffindbar, so daß dieser Naturreiseführer nicht als Wander- und Exkursionshilfe dienen kann. E.-G. Burmeister SPIXIANA 277-287 München, 01. November 2003 ISSN 0341-8391 Taxonomische Revision von Homodela ismenia (Gory, 1833), mit Beschreibung einer neuen Unterart aus der Südost-Türkei (Insecta, Coleoptera, Cicindelidae) Michael Franzen Franzen, M. (2003): Taxonomic revision of Homodela ismenia (Gory, 1833), with description of a new subspecies from southeastern Turkey (Insecta, Coleoptera, Cicindelidae). - Spixiana 26/3: 277-287 An examination of external characters of 445 specimens of the tiger beetle Homo- dela ismenia revealed three geographic forms occurring in Turkey. One western Anatolian subspecies (H. i. ismenia), with a comparably coarsely striated frons and vertex, amore broad pronotum, the middle band laterally broadly rounded in most specimens, the middle band in an oblique angle to the elytral suture, and large apical dots. A second subspecies (H. i. kilikiensis Mandl) occurs in a narrow strip from extreme northwestern Syria (only one locality known), along the eastern slopes of the Amanus mountains in Turkey into the foothills of the southern Taurus mountains. It has the frons and vertex comparably finely striated, also a broad pronotum, the middle band laterally pointed, the middle band also in an oblique angle to the elytral suture, and small apical dots. A third new subspecies (A. i. walterheinzi, subspec. nov.) occurs in the eastern Taurus mountains from Malatya in the west to lake Van in the east. It is characterized by a finely striated frons and vertex, a comparably narrow pronotum, a laterally broadly rounded middle band in most specimens, the middle band in a right angle to the elytral suture, and small apical dots. Morphologically transitional forms between the three subspecies are found in an area between the Bolkar dagları in the west, north of the city of Kahramanmaras in the north and east, and the central Amanus mountains in the south. Michael Franzen, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstraße 21, D-81247 München, Germany Einleitung Homodela ismenia (Gory, 1833) wurde aus ”Grece” (= Griechenland) beschrieben, von wo allerdings bis heute kein sicherer, aktueller Nachweis bekannt geworden ist (vgl. zuletzt Cassola 1973). Vielmehr ist die Art als Endemit Kleinasiens anzusehen, des- sen bei weitem überwiegendes Areal in der Türkei liegt und der Syrien nur im äußersten Nordwesten des Landes erreicht (Nachweis im Zuge der aktuel- len Untersuchung). Bei der Beschreibung der Un- terart H. i. kilikiensis (Terra typica: "Hatay-Iskende- run” [= Umgebung von Iskenderun, Prov. Hatay, Türkei]), wies Mandl (1961) darauf hin, daß bei der Erstbeschreibung der Art Tiere aus der westlichen Türkei zugrunde gelegen haben dürften. Mandl (1961) bezog dagegen sein neues Taxon kilikiensis auf Tiere von der westlichen Abdachung des Ama- nus-Gebirges (Terra typica) sowie auf weitere Po- pulationen von weiter nördlich und westlich gele- genen Fundstellen in Südanatolien (Akbes, Missis, Adana und dem Kilikischen Taurus). In der Folge wurde das Verbreitungsgebiet dieser Unterart in der Literatur unterschiedlich gedeutet. Neben zu- sätzlichen Fundorten aus dem Areal, das schon bei der Erstbeschreibung grob umrissen wurde (vgl. Mandl 1963, 1967, Korell 1988), führt Werner (1992) kilikiensis auch aus dem westlichen Anatolien an (Tavas, Prov. Denizli), während Cassola (1999) Fun- de aus dem Antitaurus (Prov. Kahramanmaras) und aus dem Osttaurus (Prov. Bingöl) nennt. Sowohl Korell (1994) als auch Cassola (1999) halten aber H. i. kilikiensis für nur schwach differenziert und melden Zweifel an der Validität des Taxons an. Angesichts der Unklarheiten bezüglich der Va- lidität des Taxons kilikiensis und widersprüchlichen Angaben zu dessen Verbreitung erschien es ange- bracht, die Art auf breiterer Materialbasis einer umfassenden Merkmalsanalyse zu unterziehen um ein so besseres Verständnis der Unterartengliede- rung zu erhalten. Diese soll im Folgenden vorge- stellt werden. Material und Methoden Material. Bei den im Text verwendeten Sammlungs- akronymen handelt es sich um: CFO (Coll. M. Franzen, Oberneuching), CHS (Coll. W. Heinz, Schwanfeld), CNA (Coll. M. Niehuis, Albersweiler), CPW (Coll. ]J. Probst, Wien, jetzt Naturhistorisches Museum Wien), CWW (Coll. J. Wiesner, Wolfsburg) sowie ZSM (Zoolo- gische Staatssammlung, München). Eine Auflistung des gesamten untersuchten Materials findet sich im An- hang. Zur Auswertung wurden die Fundorte auf der Basis einer Vorabsichtung der Merkmalsausprägungen in Gruppen zusammengefaßt. Diese Gruppenbildung ori- entierte sich dabei vor allem an den naturräumlichen Gegebenheiten. Um eine genügende Trennschärfe zur erhalten, wurden abweichend davon in dem Bereich, in dem mit kleinräumig wechselnden Merkmalsausprä- gungen beziehungsweise Übergangsformen zu rechnen ist (Mittlerer Taurus, Antitaurus, Amanus-Gebirge), die Gruppen durch Tiere von einem einzelnen Fundort, beziehungsweise eng benachbarten Fundorten (zum Beispiel aus einem Gebirgsstock oder einem Tal-System) gebildet. Die Tiere aus der Umgebung der Terra typica von H. 1. kilikiensis (Gruppe “Iskenderun”) wurden ge- sondert betrachtet. Im einzelnen wurden somit folgende 17 Gruppen gebildet, denen insgesamt 445 Exemplare zugrunde lagen (vgl. auch Abb. 1): “Bilecik-Ankara”: 30 Exemplare von fünf Fundor- ten aus dem nördlichen Anatolien zwischen dem unte- ren Sakarya-Tal im Westen und der inneren Pontus- Kette nördlich von Ankara im Osten (Übergangsklima zwischen mild ozeanisch-feuchtem Schwarzmeerklima und kontinental-winterkaltem Zentralanatolien-Klima). “Corum-Tokat”: 61 Exemplare von fünf Fundorten aus dem nördlichen Anatolien zwischen der Waldsteppen- region um Corum im Westen und den inneren Pontus- Ketten um Tokat im Osten (Übergangsklima zwischen mild ozeanisch-feuchtem Schwarzmeerklima und konti- 278 nental-winterkaltem Zentralanatolien-Klima). “Kale”: 20 Exemplare von einem Fundort in der inneren südli- chen Ägäisregion bei Kale (Prov. Denizli) (submontanes Mittelmeerklima). “Civril-Konya”: 55 Exemplare von sechs Fundorten an der inneren Abdachung des westli- chen Taurus-Gebirges zwischen Civril im Westen und dem Beysehir-See im Osten (Übergangsklima zwischen Mittelmeerklima und kontinental-winterkaltem Zen- tralanatolien-Klima). “Antalya”: 27 Exemplare von drei Fundorten aus der südlichen Abdachung des west- lichen Taurus zwischen Yazır im Westen und der Regi- on um Manavgat im Osten (Mittelmeerklima, teils mit montanen Einflüssen [Yazır]). “Karaman”: 20 Exem- plare von einem Fundort südlich von Karaman an der inneren Abdachung des mittleren Taurus (Übergangs- klima zwischen Mittelmeerklima und kontinental-win- terkaltem Zentralanatolien-Klima). “Bolkar”: 7 Exem- plare von drei Fundorten im Gebirgsstock der Bolkar dagları im mittleren Taurus nördlich von Mersin (mon- tan geprägtes Mittelmeerklima [Südabdachung, zwei Fundorte] und kontinental-winterkaltes Zentralanato- lien-Klima [Nordabdachung, ein Fundort]). “Kadir- li”: 34 Exemplare von zwei Fundorten am Fuß des Übergangs zwischen Amanus-Gebirge und Antitaurus am östlichen Rand der Cukurova östlich von Adana (Mittelmeerklima). “Amanus Mitte”: 32 Exemplare von zwei Fundorten im Bereich des mittleren Amanus- Gebirges (submontan geprägtes Mittelmeerklima). “Is- kenderun”: 23 Exemplare von einem Fundort bei Is- kenderun (Umgebung der Terra typica von H. i. kilikien- sis) im südlichen Amanus-Gebirge (Mittelmeerklima). “Ziyaret”: 14 Exemplare von zwei Fundorten im Ziya- ret-Gebirge bei Antakya (Türkei) und dem angrenzen- den Syrien (Mittelmeerklima). “Kilis”: 6 Exemplare von einem Fundort im Türkisch-Syrischen Bergland (Kartal dagı) westlich von Kilis (Mittelmeerklima). “Pazarcık”: 43 Exemplare von vier Fundorten im Tal des Aksu cayı an der südlichen Taurus-Abdachung um Pazarcık (Übergangsbereich zwischen kontinenta- lem Bergklima Ostanatoliens und Mittelmeerklima). “Andırın”: 16 Exemplare von drei Fundorten aus dem Antitaurus um Andırın (montan geprägtes Mittelmeer- klima). “N Maras”: 36 Exemplare von zehn Fundorten aus der Antitaurus-Südabdachung zwischen der Stadt Kahramanmaras im Südosten und Tufanbeyli im Nord- westen (montan geprägtes Mittelmeerklima). “Ma- latya”: 9 Exemplare von drei Fundorten aus dem west- lichen Osttaurus westlich der Stadt Malatya (kontinen- tales Bergklima Ostanatoliens). *“Osttaurus’”: 12 Exem- plare von fünf Fundorten aus dem Osttaurus zwischen dem Kuruca-Paß westlich von Bingöl im Westen und dem Westende des Van-Sees im Osten (kontinentales Bergklima Ostanatoliens). Merkmale. Mandl (1961) unterschied H. i. kilikiensis von der Nominatform durch folgende Merkmale: Dün- ner Scheibenmakel (= Mittelbinde), der sich gegen den Seitenrand stark verjüngt; Scheibenmakel-stark schräg gestellt; Apikalflecken sehr klein und punktförmig, viel kleiner als die Scheibenmakel; Kopfoberseite fein paral- lel gefurcht. Demgegenüber weise die Nominatform ei- Abb. 1. Verbreitung von Homodela ismenia (Gory). Schwarze Punkte: Fundorte, von denen in der vorliegenden Untersuchung Material berücksichtigt wurde (vgl. Anhang). Graue Punkte: Fundorte nach Literaturangaben (Muche 1960, Mandl 1961, 1963, 1967, Korell 1988, 1994, Cassola 1999), sowie Auswertungen der Sammlungen CFO, CHS, CNA, CPW, CWW und ZSM. Fragezeichen: unsichere Fundorte (vgl. Text). Umrandungen: Populationsgruppen, die der Auswertung zugrunde lagen (vgl. auch Text): 1-Bilecik-Ankara; 2-Corum-Tokat; 3-Civril-Konya; 4-Kale; 5- Antalya; 6-Karaman; 7-Bolkar; 8-Ziyaret; 9-Iskenderun; 10-Kilis; 11-AmanusMitte; 12-Kadirli; 13-Andırın; 14-N Maras; 15-Pazarcık; 16-Malatya; 17-Osttaurus. nen breiten Scheibenmakel auf, der häufig senkrecht zum Außenrand steht, die Apikalmakel seien nicht viel kleiner als die Scheibenmakel sowie eine grob gefurchte Kopfoberseite. In Anlehnung und Ergänzung zu diesen Merkmalen wurden bei der vorliegenden Untersuchung folgende Meßstrecken genommen, beziehungsweise Merkmale untersucht: Gesamtlänge (GL; ohne Lab- rum); Elytrenlänge (EL; Scutellumspitze bis Elytrenhin- terrand); Elytrenbreite (EB; auf Höhe des Vorderendes der Mittelbinde); Pronotumlänge (PL); Pronotumbreite (PB); Kopfbreite (KB; Augen-Außenrand); Interokular- breite (IOB; kürzeste Entfernung zwischen den Augen); Anzahl der Streifen (Erhebungen) zwischen den Augen (IOS; auf Höhe der Interokularbreite); Länge des Api- kalflecks (AL); Breite des Apikalflecks (AB); Winkel der Mittelbinde im Verhältnis zur Elytrennaht in Grad; Form der Mittelbinde (spitz auslaufend oder breit ver- rundet). Daneben wurden aus den Meßstrecken folgende Indices berechnet: Elytrenlänge/Gesamtlänge (EL/ GL); Elytrenbreite/ Gesamtlänge (EB/GL); Elytrenbrei- te/-länge (EB/EL); Pronotumlänge/-breite (PL/PB); Kopfbreite/ Gesamtlänge (KB/GL); Interokularbreite/ Gesamtlänge (IOB/GL); Anzahl Interokularstreifen/ Interokularbreite (IOS/IOB); Apikalflecklänge/ Elytren- länge (AL/EL); Apikalfleckbreite/Elytrenlänge (AB/ EL). Auf die Untersuchung von Genitalmerkmalen wur- de verzichtet, da bei einer Vorabsichtung repräsentati- ver Stichproben keine geographische Variation der Aedeagus-Form erkennbar war. Damit konnten auch die von Mandl (1961) angeführten Unterschiede zwi- schen der Nominatform und H. i. kilikiensis nicht bestä- tigt werden. Auf eine Untersuchung der Innensack- strukturen wurde verzichtet. Darstellung der Ergebnisse der Merkmalsanalyse Meßwerte und Proportionsindices sind in Tabelle 1 dargestellt. Im einzelnen zeigen sich folgenden Er- gebnisse: Gesamtlänge. Dieses Merkmal unterliegt einem deutlichen Sexualdimorphismus. Darüber hinaus sind über alle Gruppen keine geographischen Trends erkennbar. Relative Elytrenlänge (EL/GL), relative Elytren- breite (EB/GL), Elytrenproportion (EB/EL). Hin- sichtlich dieser drei Merkmale sind weder Ge- schlechtsdimorphismus noch geographische Trends erkennbar. Relative Halsschildbreite (PL/PB). Bei diesem Merkmal ist ein deutlicher Geschlechtsdimorphis- mus zu erkennen. Männchen weisen im Mittelwerts- vergleich in allen Populationsgruppen schmalere Halsschilde auf als Weibchen. Darüber hinaus ist ein deutlicher geographischer Trend zu erkennen: 279 Tiere aus den Gruppen Andırın, N Maras, Malatya und Osttaurus weisen unter dem gesamten Materi- al die relativ schmalsten Halsschilde auf (PL/PB 8320,78; 2220,70). Dagegen treten in den restli- chen Populationsgruppen deutlich breitere Hals- schilde auf (PL/PB 83 <0,75; 22 <0,69). Relative Kopfbreite (KB/GL). Das Merkmal scheint einem schwach ausgeprägten geographi- schen Trend zu unterliegen; ein Sexualdimorphis- mus ist dagegen nicht zur erkennen. Insgesamt weisen Tiere aus den nördlichen und westlichen Populationsgruppen (Bilecik-Ankara, Corum-Tokat, Kale, Civril-Konya, Antalya, Karaman und Bolkar) sowie solche aus den Populationsgruppen Andırın und N Maras die relativ breitesten Köpfe auf (KB/ GL durchweg 0,28). Dagegen liegen die Werte für die Gruppen Kadirli, Amanus Mitte, Ziyaret, Isken- derun, Kilis, Pazarcık, Malatya und Osttaurus mit jeweils 0,27 etwas niedriger. Relative Interokularbreite (IOB/GL). Das Merk- mal scheint einem schwach ausgeprägten geogra- phischen Trend zu unterliegen; ein Sexualdimor- phismus ist dagegen nicht zur erkennen. Die Tiere der Gruppen Andırın, N Maras, Malatya und Ost- taurus weisen mit einem IOB/GL-Mittelwert von 0,22 die relativ größten Interokularbreiten auf. In den restlichen Populationsgruppen ist der Index mit jeweils 0,21 etwas kleiner. Tab. 1. Morphometrische Daten der untersuchten Populationsgruppen. Abkürzungen vergleiche “Material und Methoden”. Angegeben sind Mittelwert + Standardabweichung [in Klammern Variationsbreite] sowie Umfang der Stichprobe. GL dd GL 22 PL/PB dd Bilecik-Ankara 10,6 +0,4 11,9=0,5 0,72 =0,01 [9,7-11,1] 18 [11,2-12,6] 12 [0,70-0,74] 18 Corum-Tokat 10,5 + 0,4 11,5 #0,6 0,74 = 0,03 [9,7-11,2] 35 [10,3-12,6] 26 [0,70-0,81] 35 Kale 10,2 + 0,6 11,4 =0,6 0,72 = 0,02 [9,2-10,9] 10 [10,3-12,3] 10 [0,67-0,76] 10 Civril-Konya 10,4 = 0,5 11,6 #0,6 0,72 #0,02 [9,4-11,8] 22 [10,3-12,8] 33 [0,68-0,74] 22 Antalya 10,0 +0,4 11,3 +0,8 0,71 =#0,02 [9,4-10,9] 16 [10,0-12,6] 11 [0,67-0,75] 16 Karaman 10,3+0,5 11,5 #0,6 0,69 +0,04 [9,5-11,1] [10,5-12,3] 10 [0,61-0,73] 10 Bolkar = 11,8 +0,7 _ [10,6-12,6] 7 Kadirli 10,5 =+0,5 11,5 #0,4 0,75 +0,02 [9,5-11,4] 16 [10,8-12,2] 17 [0,71-0,79] 17 Amanus Mitte 11,2=#0,5 12,2 #0,4 0,72 = 0,03 [10,5-12,0] 15 [11,5-12,9] 17 [0,66-0,76] 15 Iskenderun 11,0+0,4 12,2 =0,3 0,73 +0,03 ö [10,5-11,8] 10 [11,7-12,8] 13 [0,69-0,77] 10 Ziyaret 10,9+0,7 11,9+0,9 0,71=0,01 [9,7-12,0] 10 [11,1-12,9] 4 [0,69-0,74] 10 Kilis 11,1+0,2 — 0,73 +0,02 [10,8-11,4] 6 [0,70-0,75] 6 Pazarcık 11,3+0,5 12,5 #0,4 0,71=#0,02 [10,2-11,8] 18 [12,0-13,5] 25 [0,68-0,74] 18 Andırın 10,2 #0,5 11,4 =#0,5 0,78 #0,03 [9,5-10,6] 4 [10,6-12,5] 12 [0,76-0,81] 4 N Maras 10,8 +0,4 12,0 #0,6 0,77 =0,02 [9,8-11,7] 20 [11,1-12,9] 15 [0,72-0,81] 21 Malatya 10,6 + 0,8 12,1=#0,5 0,79 +0,03 [9,5-11,4] 5 [11,4-12,6] 4 [0,76-0,83] 5 Osttaurus 10,7 #0,5 12,0 #0,6 0,77 +0,02 [10,2-11,4] 5 [11,2-12,6] 4 [0,73-0,81] 8 280 PL/PB 92 EL/GL EB/GL EB/EL 0,68 = 0,02 0,63 +0,01 0,22 + 0,01 0,35 +0,01 | [0,65-0,70] 12 [0,61-0,65] 30 [0,20-0,24] 30 [0,33-0,38] 3Cl 0,69 + 0,01 0,63 +0,01 0,22 +0,01 0,35 +0,01 | [0,67-0,72] 26 [0,60-0,68] 61 [0,20-0,24] 61 [0,32-0,38] 611 0,66 + 0,02 0,64 = 0,01 0,22 = 0,005 0,35 +0,01 [0,63-0,68] 10 [0,62-0,65] 20 [0,21-0,24] 20 [0,33-0,37] 20" 0,66 + 0,01 0,63+0,01 [ 0,23 +0,01 0,36 +0,01 || [0,64-0,69] 33 0,61-0,64] 55 [0,21-0,24] 55 [0,34-0,39] 55 | 0,66 = 0,03 0,64 +0,01 0,22 = 0,01 0,35=0,01 | [0,62-0,70] 11 _[0,61-0,66] 27 [0,21-0,23] 27 [0,33-0,37] 27° 0,66 + 0,02 0,63 +0,01 0,23 +0,01 0,37 +0,01 [0,64-0,71] 10 [0,60-0,64] 20 [0,22-0,24] 20 [0,350,39] 20 | 0,69 + 0,01 0,63 +0,01 0,23 = 0,005 0,36 +0,01 [0,67-0,71]7 [0,61-0,6417 [0,22-0231]7 [0,35-0,38] 7 | 0,69 + 0,03 0,63 +0,01 0,22 +0,01 0,35 +0,01 [0,66-0,76] 17 [0,61-0,65] 33 [0,21-0,24] 33 [0,34-0,37] 33 0,68 + 0,02 0,63 +0,01 0,22 = 0,005 0,36 +0,01 [0,65-0,71] 17 [0,62-0,65] 32 [0,22-0,23] 32 [0,34-0,38] 32 0,69 + 0,02 0,63 +0,01 0,22 +0,01 0,35 +0,01 [0,66-0,73] 13 _[0,61-0,65] 23 _[0,21-0,23] 23 [0,33-0,36] 23 0,66 + 0,02 0,63 +0,01 0,22 +0,01 0,35 +0,01 [0,64-0,68] 4 _[0,61-0,65] 14 [0,21-0,23] 14 [0,33-0,36] 14 = 0,64 +0,01 0,22 + 0,004 0,35 + 0,004 . [0,63-0,65] 6 [0,22-0,23] 6 [0,34-0,35] 6 0,65 + 0,02 0,63 +0,01 0,23 +0,01 0,36 +0,01 [0,62-0,70] 25 _[0,61-0,65] 43 [0,21-0,24] 43 [0,33-0,38] 43 0,72 = 0,02 0,63 +0,01 0,23 = 0,005 0,37 +0,01 [0,69-0,76] 12 _[0,60-0,65] 16 [0,22-0,23] 16 [0,35-0,38] 16 0,72 = 0,03 0,63 +0,01 0,22 +0,01 0,36 +0,01 [0,68-0,78] 15 [0,60-0,67] 35 [0,21-0,24] 35 [0,34-0,38] 36 0,72 = 0,02 0,63 +0,01 0,22 = 0,005 0,35 +0,01 [0,70-0,74] 4 _ [0,60-0,64]9 [0,21-0,23]9 [0,34-0,37] 9 0,70 = 0,01 0,62 +0,01 0,22 +0,01 0,35 +0,01 [0,69-0,72] 4 _ [0,59-0,64] 9 [0,21-0,23] 9 [0,34-0,37] 11 Anzahl Interokularstreifen im Verhältnis zur Interokularbreite (IOS/IOB). Das Merkmal ist ei- nem deutlichen Geschlechtsdimorphismus unter- worfen. Männchen weisen durch alle Gruppen eine feinere Streifung des Interokularbereichs (und da- mit höhere IOS/IOB-Werte) auf als 22. In Nordanatolien und im westlichen und mittle- ren Taurus (Gruppen Bilecik-Ankara, Corum-To- kat, Kale, Civril-Konya, Karaman) sowie in der Grup- pe Osttaurus werden hier die niedrigsten Werte erreicht (dd IOS/IOB 13,9-15,2; ?? 13,1-14,3). Dage- gen liegen die IOS/IOB-Werte im Amanus-Gebirge und Antitaurus (Gruppen Bolkar, Kadirli, Amanus Mitte, Ziyaret, Iskenderun, Kilis, Pazarcık, Andırın, Malatya) bei weiter Streuung wesentlich höher (34 IOS/IOB 16,5-18,1; 22 14,4-17,1). Intermediär zwi- schen diesen beiden Gruppierungen erscheinen die Gruppen Antalya und N Maras (SS IOS/IOB 15,9- 16,3; 22 14,2-14,6). Relative Länge des Apikalflecks (AL/EL). Bei diesem Merkmal ist in einem Teil der Gruppen ein deutlicher Sexualdimorphismus zu erkennen: Männ- chen aus West- und Nordanatolien (Gruppen Bile- cik-Ankara, Corum-Tokat, Kale, Civril-Konya) und solche aus dem Amanus-Gebirge (Gruppen Kadirli, Amanus Mitte, Ziyaret, Iskenderun) und mittlerem Taurus, beziehungsweise Antitaurus (Gruppen Ka- raman, N Maras) weisen bei einem Mittelwertsver- gleich immer kleinere Apikalflecklängen auf als 22. Dagegen ist in den Gruppen Antalya, Pazarcık, Malatya und Osttaurus die Apikalflecklänge in bei- den Geschlechtern gleich. Ein für die Männchen größerer Mittelwert ergibt sich nur in der Gruppe Andırın. Inwieweit diese Heterogenität durch die teils kleinen Stichprobengrößen bedingt ist, muß offen bleiben. KB/GL IOB/GL IOS/IOB dd IOS/IOB 2? 0,28 +0,01 0,21 +0,01 149 +0,7 13,1+0,6 0,26-0,29] 30 [0,20-0,23] 30 [142-165] 18 [12,2-14,1] 12 0,28 + 0,01 0,21 # 0,005 13,9 +0,7 13,3+0,9 0,26-0,29] 61 [0,20-0,23] 61 [12,4-15,6] 35 [11,1-15,2] 26 0,28 +0,01 0,21 +0,01 15,2+1,0 14,3+0,8 0,27-0,29] 20 [0,20-0,22] 20 [13,9-17,0] 10 [13,4-16,0] 10 0,28 +0,01 0,21 +0,01 144 +1, 135+1,0 0,26-0,29] 55 [0,19-0,23155 [12,5-171]22 [11,6-16,1] 33 0,28 + 0,005 0,21 = 0,005 16,3+1,0 14,6 +0,9 0,27-0,29] 27 [0,20-0,22] 27 [14,1-18,3] 16 [12,8-16,1] 11 0,28 + 0,01 0,21 +0,01 14,3 +0,9 133+13 0,27-0,30] 20 [0,21-0,23] 20 [13,4-15,6] 10 [11,9-15,2] 10 0,28 + 0,01 0,21 +0,01 2 16,9+0,9 [0,27-0,301 7 [0,21-0,23] 7 [15,7-18,2] 7 0,27 +0,01 0,21 +0,01 18,1+1,1 Weilzsila 0,25-0,29] 33 [0,20-0,22] 33 [16,1-20,01] 17 [145-186] 17 0,27 +0,01 0,21 +0,01 17,6+1,0 16,7=1,3 0,26-0,28] 32 [0,20-0,22] 32 [15,7-19,5] 15 [13,9-18,5] 17 0,27 +0,01 0,21 +0,01 17,0+1,2 155+1,0 0,27-0,28] 23 [0,20-0,22] 23 [15,2-18,7] 10 [13,8-16,9] 13 0,27 + 0,01 0,21 + 0,005 16,5 +2,0 16,0+14 0,26-0,28] 14 [0,20-0,22] 14 [14,0-20,6] 10 [14,2-17,3] 4 0,27 = 0,001 0,21 # 0,001 18,1+0,4 2 (0,27-027)6 ([0,21-021]6 [174-187] 6 0,27 +0,01 0,21 + 0,005 175+1,0 15,5 +0,9 ),26-0,28] 43 [0,20-0,22] 43 [16,1-19,8] 18 [13,9-17,3] 25 ),28 + 0,005 0,22 + 0,005 17,1#14 15,2+1,2 ),27-0,29] 16 [0,21-0,23] 16 [15,2-184]4 [12,2-16,9] 12 (0,28 + 0,01 0,22 + 0,01 159+1,1 14,2+0,9 ),26-0,29] 35 [0,21-0,23] 35 [143-192]21 [12,8-16,1] 15 ),27 +0,005 0,22 + 0,004 17,1+1,0 14,4 +0,4 0,26-0,28]9 [0,21-0,22)9 [161-1845 [13,9-14,9] 4 0,27 +0,01 0,22 + 0,01 15,0+1,1 14,1+1,1 ,26-0,28]9 [0,21-0,22]9 [140-174]8 [12,8-15,3] 4 AL/EL dd AL/EL 22 AB/EL WM 0,16 +0,01 0,18 +0,02 0,09 + 0,01 63+11 [0,14-0,18] 18 [0,14-0,21] 12 _[0,07-0,11] 30 [45-80] 30 0,17 +0,02 0,19 +0,02 0,09 + 0,01 69+8 [0,13-0,22] 35 _[0,17-0,23] 26 _[0,07-0,11] 61 [45-80] 61 0,15 +0,02 0,17 +0,01 0,09 + 0,01 55+11 [0,13-0,18] 10 [0,15-0,19] 10 [0,08-0,10] 20 [45-80] 20 0,15 +0,01 0,16 + 0,02 0,09 + 0,01 71+12 [0,13-0,18] 22 [0,14-0,21] 33 _[0,07-0,11] 55 [45-90] 55 0,13 +0,03 0,13 + 0,02 0,09 + 0,01 69+11 [0,09-0,19] 16 [0,12-0,17] 11 _[0,07-0,11] 27 [45-90] 27 0,16 + 0,02 0,18 +0,02 0,10 +0,01 81+8 [0,12-0,18] 10 [0,16-0,22] 10 [0,08-0,12] 20 [70-90] 20 = 0,16 + 0,03 0,09 + 0,01 75+10 [0,12-0,20] 7 [0,07-0,11] 7 [60-90] 7 0,11 +0,02 0,12 + 0,03 0,08 = 0,01 64 +16 [0,08-0,14] 16 [0,09-0,22] 17 [0,05-0,10] 33 [45-90] 34 0,09 + 0,01 0,10 +0,02 0,06 + 0,01 63+14 [0,06-0,11] 15 [0,06-0,15] 17 [0,03-0,08] 32 [45-90] 32 0,14 + 0,04 0,16 + 0,02 0,08 + 0,01 58+11 [0,09-0,19] 10 [0,12-0,19] 13 _[0,07-0,09] 23 [45-80] 23 0,10 + 0,02 0,12 + 0,03 0,06 + 0,01 68 +12 [0,07-0,13] 10 [0,09-0,15] 4 [0,05-0,08] 14 [45-80] 14 0,09 +0,01 = 0,06 + 0,004 64+12 [0,08-0,10] 6 [0,05-0,07] 6 [45-80] 6 0,08 +0,01 0,08 + 0,01 0,06 + 0,01 49 +10 [0,05-0,11] 18 [0,05-0,11] 25 [0,04-0,08] 43 [45-80] 43 0,08 + 0,004 0,07 + 0,01 0,07 + 0,01 89+3 [0,07-0,08] 4 _[0,06-0,10] 12 [0,05-0,09] 16 [80-90] 16 0,07 +0,02 0,08 + 0,03 0,07 + 0,02 72+22 [0,04-0,10] 21 [0,03-0,13] 15 [0,04-0,10] 36 [45-90] 36 0,08 + 0,02 0,08 + 0,01 0,08 + 0,01 90+0 [0,05-0,09] 5 [0,06-0,09] 4 [0,07-0,08] 9 [90-90] 9 0,09 +0,01 0,09 + 0,01 0,07 + 0,01 90+0 [0,07-0,11] 7 [0,08-0,09) 4 _[0,06-0,08] 11 [90-90] 12 281 A B Cc Abb. 2. Elytrenzeichnung von (A) H. i. walterheinzi, subspec. nov. (Kuruca-Paß, Prov. Bingöl), (B) H. i. kilikiensis Mandl (9 km SW Pazarcık, Prov. Kahramanmaras) und (C) H. i. ismenia (Gory) (Kargasekmez-Paß, Prov. Ankara). Bei der geographischen Betrachtung (Werte für dd und ?2 zusammengefaßt) ergibt sich ein deutli- cheres Bild: Tiere aus den Gruppen aus Nord- und Westanatolien (Bilecik-Ankara, Corum-Tokat, Kale, Civril-Konya, Antalya, Karaman, Bolkar) sowie die aus den Gruppen Kadirli, Ziyaret und Iskenderun weisen große Apikalflecklängen auf (AL/EL-Werte <0,11), während Tiere aus den restlichen Gruppen kleine Apikalflecken besitzen (AL/EL-Werte 2 0,09; Gruppen Amanus Mitte, Kilis, Pazarcık, Andırın, N Maras, Malatya, Osttaurus). Relative Breite des Apikalflecks (AB/EL). Die Gruppen Bilecik-Ankara, Corum-Tokat, Kale, Civ- ril-Konya, Antalya, Karaman und Bolkar weisen mit Werten von jeweils 0,09 (in einem Fall 0,10) die höchsten Werte auf, besitzen also die im Vergleich zur Elytrenlänge die breitesten Apikalflecken. Da- gegen treten die schmalsten Apikalflecken (AB/EL jeweils 0,06) in den Gruppen Amanus Mitte, Ziya- ret, Kilis und Pazarcık auf. Mittlere Werte (0,07 und 0,08) und treten in den Gruppen Iskenderun, Kadir- li, Andırın, N Maras, Malatya und Osttaurus auf. Winkel der Mittelbinde zur Flügeldeckennaht (WM). Alle Exemplare aus den Gruppen Malatya und Osttaurus weisen Mittelbinden auf, die im rech- ten Winkel zur Flügeldeckennaht stehen (Winkel 90°). In der Gruppe Andırın überwiegen solche Ex- emplare ebenfalls. Bezogen auf Einzelfundorte stellt 282 sich die Situation in der Gruppe N Maras heterogen dar: Während bei Tieren von den Fundorten 30 km NW Kahramanmaras und N Tekir die Mittelbinde schräg gestellt ist (Winkel durchweg 45°) steht sie bei den Tieren von den restlichen Fundorten im rechten Winkel zur Flügeldeckennaht und lediglich ein Exemplar aus der Umgebung von Tufanbeyli weist einen Winkel von 80° auf. In den Populationsgruppen aus dem westlichen und mittleren Taurus überwiegen deutlich Exem- plare mit schräg gestellten Mittelbinden; daneben treten hier aber immer auch vereinzelt bis hin zu einen deutlichen Anteil solche Tiere auf, deren Mit- telbinden im rechten Winkel zur Flügeldeckennaht stehen. Dabei ist der Anteil solcher Exemplare im mittleren Taurus besonders hoch (Karaman 25%, Bolkar 14%, Kadirli 12%) und nimmt nach Süden (Amanus Mitte 6%) und Westen (Civril-Konya 4 %, Antalya 4%) deutlich ab. Schließlich treten noch weiter nach westlich (Kale) und nördlich (Bilecik- Ankara, Corum-Tokat) sowie nach Süden und Süd- osten (Iskenderun, Ziyaret, Kilis, Pazarcık) über- haupt keine Tiere mit rechtwinklig zur Flügeldecken- naht gestellten Mittelbinden mehr auf. Form der Mittelbinde (FM). Das Merkmal ist nur mit hohem Aufwand biometrisch zu erfassen und wurde daher statistisch nicht ausgewertet. Ins- gesamt kann äber festgestellt werden, daß sich be- or O5 er H. i. ismenia P. Übergangsformen | Abb. 3. Schematische Darstellung der Verbreitungsgebiete der Unterarten von Homodela ismenia (Gory). züglich der Form des äußeren Endes der Mittelbin- de (spitz auslaufend oder breit verrundet, vgl. Abb. 2) in den meisten Populationsgruppen beide Grundtypen sowie Übergänge dazwischen neben- einander auftreten. Lediglich in den Gruppen Ka- dirli, Amanus Mitte, Ziyaret, Iskenderun, Kilis und Pazarcık finden sich ganz überwiegend oder aus- schließlich Exemplare mit spitz auslaufenden Mit- telbinden. Schlußfolgerungen Zusammenfassend läßt sich festhalten, daß die Aus- prägungen einiger der hier betrachteten Merkmale auf eine subspezifische Gliederung der Art in drei Formen hinweisen (vgl. Abb. 3), die weiter unten diagnostiziert werden. Dabei handelt es sich um eine westanatolische Form (Gruppen Bilecik-Anka- ra, Corum-Tokat, Kale, Civril-Konya, Antalya, Ka- raman), eine südliche Form (Populationsgruppen Ziyaret, Iskenderun, Kilis, Pazarcık) sowie eine öst- liche Form (Gruppen Östtaurus, Malatya). Als mehr oder weniger intermediär müssen dagegen die Po- pulationsgruppen Bolkar, Kadirli, Amanus Mitte, N Maras sowie Andırın betrachtet werden. Hier weisen die Merkmalsausprägungen in der Summe überwiegend nach Osten (Andırın, N Maras: PL/ PB, IOB/GL, AL/EL, WM), nach Süden (Kadıirli, Amanus Mitte: KB/GL, IOS/IOB, FM), beziehungs- weise nach Westen (Bolkar: KB/GL, AB/EL). Die zahlreichen Populationen mit intermediären Merk- malsausprägungen in der Kontaktzone der drei For- men weisen auf eine Rückwanderung aus ehemali- gen Refugialräumen mit anschließender Durchmi- schung hin. Als Ergebnis finden sich meist nur unscharfe Verbreitungsgrenzen der drei Formen. Allerdings stellt sich in einem Fall die Grenze zwi- schen der Osttaurus-Form und der südlichen Form als ausgesprochen scharf dar. Aus der Umgebung von Gölbası (Prov. Adıyaman) liegen zwei kleine Stichproben vor: 7km südlich der Stadt (drei 2?) und 15 km NO der Stadt (ein 3). Dabei zeigen die Exemplare von südlich Gölbası alle Merkmalsaus- prägungen der südlichen Form, während das Stück von nordöstlich der Stadt ebenso klar der Osttau- rus-Form zuzuordnen ist. Eine für die Art wirksa- me Verbreitungsbarriere ist in dem durch sanfte Hügel mit Eichenbuschwäldern und kleinen Agrar- flächen geprägten Gebiet nicht vorhanden. Zudem fallen beide Fundorte in das Euphrat-Flußsystem (Entwässerung in den Persischen Golf), im Gegen- satz zu südlich direkt benachbarten Funden der südlichen Form bei Pazarcık im Tal des Aksu cayı, der dem Ceyhan-Flußsystem (Entwässerung in das Mittelmeer) zugehörig ist. Zwei der drei Formen können mit den bisher beschriebenen Unterarten H. i. ismenia (= westanato- lische Form) beziehungsweise H. i. kilikiensis (= süd- liche Form) in Übereinstimmung gebracht werden. Im Hinblick auf letztere ergibt sich aber die etwas unglückliche Situation, daß gerade die Stichprobe 283 aus Iskenderun (= Umgebung der Terra typica von HA. i. kilikiensis) bei dem von Mandl (1961) zur Tren- nung von der Nominatform herangezogenen Merk- mal der Größe der Apikalflecken nicht die für die südliche Form typische Merkmalsausprägung auf- weist. Die hier untersuchte Population weist im Mittel eher große Apikalflecken auf und unterschei- det sich damit von den übrigen Gruppen der südli- chen Form. Auch Mandl (1961: Abb. 7) bildet ein Tier aus der Typusserie ab, das langgestreckte, große Apikalflecken aufweist. Da aber die Zuordnung der Population anhand weiterer Merkmale (vgl. unten) ansonsten eindeutig ist, soll auch in Hinblick auf eine stabile Nomenklatur auf taxonomische Konse- quenzen verzichtet werden. Klar wird dabei auch, daß das Verbreitungsgebiet von H. i. kilikiensis im wesentlichen auf Areale östlich des Amanus-Gebir- ges beschränkt ist (Türkisch-Syrisches Bergland, südliche Abdachung des westlichen Ost-Taurus). Schon beim Überschreiten des Amanus-Hauptkam- mes in nordwestliche Richtung (z.B. Terra typica, Umgebung von Iskenderun sowie Nurdagi-Paß im Norden) werden Einflüsse der westlich anschlie- ßenden Nominatform sichtbar. Bisher wurden in der Literatur unter dem Namen H. i. kilikiensis schon seit der Erstbeschreibung durch Mandl (1961) bei- nahe ausschließlich solche Übergangsformen geführt (vgl. zuletzt Cassola 1999). Da bislang aber prak- tisch kein Material von H. i. kilikiensis von östlich des Amanus-Gebirges (mit den charakteristischen Merk- malsausprägungen) bekannt war, ist die Anzweife- lung der Validität des Taxons, zum Beispiel durch Korell (1994) und Cassola (1999), verständlich. Tiere der östlichen Form repräsentieren dage- gen eine bisher noch nicht beschriebene Unterart. Damii ergibt sich insgesamt die nachfolgend ange- führte subspezifische Gliederung: Homodela ismenia ismenia (Gory, 1835) Abb. 2-3 Terra typica. irrtümlich). Diagnose. Streifung des Kopfes grob (IOS/IOB dd 12,4-18,3, im Mittel 14,7; 2? 11,1-16,1, im Mittel 13,6), Pronotum eher breit (PL/PB dd 0,61-0,80, im Mittel 0,78; 22 0,62-0,72, im Mittel 0,71), Mittelbin- de nach außen breit verrundet oder seltener spitz zulaufend und in der Regel schräg zur Flügel- deckennaht (WM meist <90°), Apikalflecken breit (AB/EL 0,07-0,12, im Mittel 0,09) und lang (AL/EL 0,13-0,18, im Mittel 0,16). H. 1. ismenia unterscheidet sich von H. i. kilikien- sis und der weiter unten beschriebenen Osttaurus- “Grece” (= Griechenland, wahrscheinlich 284 Form vor allem durch die größeren (breiteren und längeren) Apikalflecken und die gröbere Kopfstrei- fung. Weiterhin unterscheidet sich die Nominat- form von der Osttaurus-Form durch das eher breite Pronotum sowie die meist schräg zur Flügeldecken- naht gestellten Mittelbinden. Zusätzlich unterschei- det sich H. i. ismenia von H. i. kilikiensis durch die nach außen hin breit verrundeten Mittelbinden. Verbreitung. Nord- und Westanatolien. Im westli- chen Taurus-Gebirge die Bolkar dagları nicht errei- chend. Ältere, zweifelhafte und bisher nicht bestä- tigte Funde liegen aus dem asiatischen Teil von Istanbul (“Skutari”=Üsküdar: Belege in ZSM) so- wie aus Izmir (“Smyrna”: Horn & Roeschke 1891) vor (Abb. 3). Homodela ismenia kilikiensis (Mandl, 1961) Abb. 2-3 Terra typica. Diagnose. Streifung des Kopfes fein (IOS/IOB dd 14,0-20,6, im Mittel 17,3; 2? 13,8-17,3, im Mittel 15,6), Pronotum eher breit (PL/PB dd 0,68-0,75, im Mittel 0,72; 22 0,62-0,70, im Mittel 0,65), Mittelbin- de nach außen schmaler werdend, spitz zulaufend und immer schräg zur Flügeldeckennaht (WM < 90°), Apikalflecken schmal (AB/EL 0,04-0,08, im Mittel 0,06) und kurz (AL/EL 0,05-0,15, im Mittel 0,09). H. i. kilikiensis unterscheidet sich von der Nomi- natform vor allem durch die schmaleren, nach au- ßen zugespitzten Mittelbinden, die kleineren Api- kalflecken sowie die feinere Kopfstreifung. Weiter- hin unterscheidet sich H. i. kilikiensis von der unten beschriebenen Osttaurus-Form durch die schräg gestellten, außen zugespitzten Mittelbinden sowie das eher breite Pronotum. “Hatay-Iskenderun”. Verbreitung. Südliches Amanus-Gebirge, Ziyaret dagı (Türkei, Syrien), türkisch-syrisches Bergland (Kartal dagı) und nordöstlich daran angrenzender Taurus-Fuß. Übergangsformen zur Nominatform im mittleren und nördlichen Amanus-Gebirge, im westlichen Antitaurus sowie in den Bolkar dagları (vgl. auch Abb. 3). Homodela ismenia walterheinzi, subspec. nov. Abb. 2-3 Homodela ismenia kilikiensis (part.), Cassola 1999, Biogeo- graphia 20 (Biogeografia dell’Anatolia): S. 263: Fig. 16; S. 264: “Kuruca gegidi”, “36 km E of Bingöl”. Typen. Holotypus: 3, mit der folgenden Etikettierung: “TR, Prov. Malatya: Karahan-Paß, Ostseite, 1700 m. Wechselfeuchte Lehmfläche in Eichengebüsch. 30.04. 1999, M. Franzen leg.” [weißes gedrucktes Etikett mit schwarzem Rand], “298” [rundes, mit Bleistift beschrie- benes Etikett], “Homodela ismenia walterheinzi Franzen, 2003, Holotypus” [rotes Etikett mit schwarzer Schrift] (ZSM). — Paratypen: 234, 222, mit den gleichen Fund- daten wie der Holotypus (CFO 299-302); 19, “TR, Prov. Malatya: Karanlik Dere, 15 km ne. Gölbası, 800 m. Sand- Schlammbank an Flußufer. 02.05.1999, M. Franzen leg.” (CFO 294); 13,22?, “TR, Prov. Malatya: 8 km ne. Dogan- sehir, 1100 m. Lehmfläche in lockerem Eichenwald. 02.05.1999, M. Franzen leg.” (CFO 295-297); 239, 12, “Südost-Anatolien, Umg. Kuruca-Paß w. Bingöl, 1800 m, 18.I1V.1989, Heinz leg.” (CHS 425-427); 12, “O. Türkei, 19.V.77, Kuruga gec./Bingöl, 1800 m, D. Bernhauer” (CFO 430); 12, “TR (Bingöl) Bilaloglu w. Bingöl, - 1200 m, 20.4.1992, Heinz leg.” (CHS 420); 13, “Türkei - Vil. Bingöl, 63 km E Bingöl, 28.5.1994, leg. M. Pavesi” (CGR 419); 483, 12, “Südost-Anatolien, Buglan-Paß bei Solhan (Mus), ca. 1700 m, 30.1V.1989, Heinz leg.” (CHS 421-423, CFO 428-429); 15, “Südost-Anatolien, ca. 24 km westl. Tatvan (Quercus), 1600 m, 2.V.1989, Heinz leg.” (CHS 424). Diagnose. Streifung des Kopfes fein (IOS/IOB 3d 14,0-18,4, im Mittel 15,8; 22? 12,8-15,3, im Mittel 14,3), Pronotum eher schmal (PB/PL dd 0,73-0,83, im Mittel 0,78; 22 0,69-0,74, im Mittel 0,71), Mittel- binde nach außen verrundet oder mäßig spitz zulau- fend und immer im rechten Winkel zur Flügelde- ckennaht (WM=90°), Apikalflecken schmal (AB/ EL 0,06-0,08, im Mittel 0,07) und kurz (AL/EL dd 0,05-0,11, 2? 0,06-0,09, im Mittel jeweils 0,08). H. i. walterheinzi unterscheidet sich von A. i. is- menia vor allem durch die kleineren (kürzeren und schmaleren) Apikalflecken, durch die immer im rech- ten Winkel zur Flügeldeckennaht stehenden Mittel- binden, weiterhin durch das eher schmale Prono- tum sowie die feinere Kopfstreifung. H. i. walterheinzi unterscheidet sich von H. i. kilikiensis vor allem durch die breiten, außen meist breit verrundeten und im- mer im rechten Winkel zur Flügeldeckennaht ste- henden Mittelbinden sowie das eher schmale Pro- notum. Beschreibung des Holotypus d, Gesamtlänge (ohne Labrum) 10,5 mm. Man- dibeln zweifarbig: vorne metallisch grün, an der Basis hellbraun; Kopfbreite 2,8 mm (Kopfbreite/ Ge- samtlänge 0,27); Interokularbreite 2,2 mm (Interoku- larbreite/ Gesamtlänge 0,21); Kopfoberseite und Stirn grün, mit 39 Interokularstreifen (Anzahl Inter- okularstreifen / Interokularbreite 17,4); Labrum hell- braun, außen dünn schwarz gerandet, etwa doppelt so breit wie lang; mit einem medianen Zahn und sechs submarginalen Borsten; Clypeus dunkel grün- lich, deutlich quer gerunzelt, unbehaart; Genae röt- lich bronzefarben, unbehaart; 1. bis 4. Fühlerglied matt grünlich; erstes Fühlerglied mit einer langen Borste am hinteren Ende, zweites Fühlerglied ohne Borsten, drittes Fühlerglied mit sieben (rechts) bis neun (links) abstehenden Bosten auf der Oberseite und am Hinterende sowie vier (rechts) bis fünf (links) anliegenden Borsten auf der Innenseite; viertes Füh- lerglied mit 11-12 meist anliegenden Borsten; Füh- lerglieder 5 bis 11 mit schwarzer Grundfarbe und feiner, dichter und kurzer Behaarung. Pronotum- länge 2,0 mm; Pronotumbreite 2,5 mm (Pronotum- länge /-breite 0,83); Färbung oberseits grün; Mittel- furche nach vorne und hinten tief eingesenkt, in der Mitte undeutlich und flach; Vorder- und Hinterrand des Pronotum grob quer gerunzelt, Mitte ungerich- tet fein gerunzelt, zu den Seitenrändern hin gröber werdend; Episternen der Vorderbrust stark metal- lisch grünlich-bronzefarben und ganz flach gerun- zelt, mit einzelnen feinen, weißen Borsten. Elytren- länge 6,6 mm (Elytrenlänge / Gesamtlänge 0,63); Ely- trenbreite 2,2 mm (Elytrenbreite/ Gesamtlänge 0,21; Elytrenbreite/-länge 0,34); Grundfarbe der Elytren grün, Punktgruben mit blauem Grund; Elytrenrand deutlich aufgebogen und bronze-braun gegen die übrige Elytrenfärbung abgesetzt; am Ende des vor- deren Elytrenviertels je ein kleiner, runder bräun- lich-bronzefarbener Fleck; Mittelbinde der Elytren (Scheibenfleck) weißlich-cremefarben, zur Flügel- deckenaht hin halbkreisförmig breit samtig-schwarz umrandet; Mittelbinde zur Flügeldeckennaht hin am breitesten, nach außen deutlich schmaler wer- dend, im Winkel von 90° zur Flügeldeckennaht ste- hend; Apikalflecken ebenfalls weißlich-cremefarben, nach innen hin ebenfalls halbkreisförmig dünn bron- zefarbe gerandet; Länge des rechten Apikalflecks 0,48 mm, Breite 0,45 mm (Apikalflecklänge/Ely- trenlänge 0,07; Apikalfleckbreite / Elytrenlänge 0,07). Mittel- und Hinterbrust sowie Coxen metallisch grün, jeweils mit Feldern aus dicken, weißen Bors- ten; Sternite 1-2 grünlich-bronzefarben, 3-6 dunkel violett; Sternite 3-5 mit je einer Reihe von bis zu sieben einzeln stehenden Borsten. Beine metallisch grün, mit bronzefarbenen Reflexen und dichter weißer Behaarung; Tarsen oberseits samtig bläu- lich-grün. Verbreitung. Östlicher Taurus, vom Karahan-Paß (westlich Malatya) bis an den Van-See. Übergangs- formen zu AH.i.kilikiensis im Antitaurus nördlich und westlich Kahramanmaras sowie zur Nominat- form im mittleren Taurus (Bolkar dagları, Umge- bung von Andırın, nördliches Amanus-Gebirge) (vgl. auch Abb. 3). Derivatio nominis. H. i. walterheinzi ist Herrn Walter Heinz (Schwanfeld) gewidmet, der zu den ersten gehör- te, die diese Form im östlichen Taurus erbeuten konn- ten, und der darüber hinaus die Arbeiten des Autors durch den uneingeschränkten Zugang zu seiner um- fangreichen Sammlung türkischer Sandlaufkäfer ganz wesentlich stimulierte und förderte. Danksagung Die folgenden Herren überließen mir Belege, bezie- hungsweise erlaubten die Bearbeitung von Material aus ihren Sammlungen oder teilten mir Fundorte mit: Jörg Gebert (Rohne), Walter Heinz (Schwanfeld), Manfred Niehuis (Albersweiler), Johann Probst (Wien), Josef Friedrich Schmidtler (München) und Jürgen Wiesner (Wolfsburg). Hans-Jürgen Gruber (München) begleitete mich auf einer Exkursionsreise und leistete tatkräftige Mithilfe beim Fang von Belegen. Meine Frau Ulla half ganz wesentlich bei der Dateneingabe. Ihnen allen sei herzlich für ihre Hilfe gedankt! Zusammenfassung Die Untersuchung äußerer Merkmale von 445 Exempla- ren des Sandlaufkäfers Homodela ismenia zeigt das Vor- handensein von drei geographischen Formen in der Türkei: Eine westanatolische Unterart (H. i. ismenia) zeichnet sich durch eine vergleichsweise grob gestreifte Kopfoberseite, ein breites Pronotum, lateral verrundete, schräg zur Flügeldeckennaht stehende Mittelbinden, sowie große Apikalflecken aus. Eine zweite Unterart (H. i. kilikiensis Mandl) lebt in einem schmalen Streifen, der vom äußersten Nordwesten Syriens (nur ein Fund- ort bekannt) über die östlichen Abhänge des Amanus- Gebirges in der Türkei bis in das Vorgebirge des südli- chen Taurus reicht. Diese Unterart hat eine vergleichs- weise fein gestreifte Kopfoberseite, ebenfalls ein breites Pronotum, lateral zugespitzte und ebenfalls schräg zur Flügeldeckennaht stehende Mittelbinden sowie kleine Apikalflecken. Eine dritte, neue Unterart (H. i. walter- heinzi, subspec. nov.) lebt im östlichen Taurus-Gebirge, von der Umgebung von Malatya im Westen, bis an den Van-See im Osten. Diese Form ist durch eine fein ge- streifte Kopfoberseite, ein vergleichsweise schmales Pronotum, lateral verrundete und im rechten Winkel zur Flügeldeckennaht stehende Mittelbinden sowie durch kleine Apikalflecken gekennzeichnet. Morpholo- 286 gische Übergangsformen zwischen den drei Unterarten treten in einem Gebiet auf, das zwischen den Bolkar dagları im Westen, nördlich der Stadt Kahramanmaras im Norden und Osten, und dem zentralen Amanus- Gebirge im Süden liegt. Literatur Cassola, F. 1973. Etudes sur les Cicindelides. IX: Materi- aux pour un catalogue des Cicindelidae de Grece (Coleoptera). — Biol. Gallo-Hellenica 5(1): 25-41 -- 1999. Studies on tiger beetles CVII. The cicindelid fauna of Anatolia: faunistics and biogeography (Coleoptera, Cicindelidae). - Biogeographia 20 (Biogeografia dell’Anatolia): 229-276 Gory, M. 1833. Centurie de Carabiques nouveaux. — Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2: 168-247 Horn, W. & H. Roeschke 1891. Monographie der palä- arktischen Cicindelen. Analytisch bearbeitet mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Variationsfähig- keit und geographischen Verbreitung. — Selbstver- lag der Verfasser, Berlin, 199 S. + 6 Taf. Korell, A. 1988. Die Cicindeliden (Coleoptera) Anatoli- ens. Vorarbeiten für eine Faunistik nebst taxonomi- schen und systematischen Anmerkungen. — Ent. Basil. 12: 93-111 -- 1994. Die Cicindeliden (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae) Anatoliens. Nachträge und Bemerkungen zur gleich- namigen Veröffentlichung in der “Entomologia Basiliensia” 12. — Ent. Z. 104: 42-50 Mandl, K. 1961. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse einer Ana- tolien-Expedition im Jahre 1960. Die Cicindelen- und Caraben-Arten. - Koleopt. Rdsch. 39: 28-32 -- 1963. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse einer Expediti- on nach Anatolien im Jahre 1962. Die Cicindela-, Carabus- und Calosoma-Arten (Carabidae, Coleopte- ra). - Koleopt. Rdsch. 40/41: 45-50 -- 1967. Ergebnisse zoologischer Sammelreisen in der Türkei. Cicindelidae und Carabidae-Carabini. — Ann. Naturhistor. Mus. Wien 70: 379-386 Muche, H. 1960. Eindrücke einer Sammelreise durch die Türkei. — Ent. Z. 70(16): 181-188 Werner, K. 1992. Cicindelidae Regionis Palaearcticae 2. — Die Käfer der Welt, The beetles of the world, Vol. 15. -— Sciences Nat, Venette, 94 S. Anhang: Untersuchtes Material Alle Tiere, soweit nicht anders angegeben, aus der Tür- kei. Sammlungsakronyme: CFO: Coll. Franzen, Ober- neuching; CGR: Coll. Gebert, Rohne; CHS: Coll. Heinz, Schwanfeld. Zahlen hinter den Akronymen sind Indivi- dualnummern. Homodela ismenia ismenia — Prov. Adapazarı (Sarka- rya): 14km W Pamukova, 100 m, 18.4.1997, Franzen (788, 12, CFO 322-329); Prov. Bilecik: 7 km SO Osma- neli (N Bilecik), 100 m, 18.4.1997, Franzen (13, 322, CFO 330-333); Prov. Bolu: Umgebung Abant-See, 7.5.1992, Rasse (12, CFO 334); Prov. Ankara: Soguksu-National- park W Kızılcahamam, 1400 m, 16.4.1999, Franzen (488, 529, CFO 335-343); Kargasekmez-Paß (S Kızılcahamam), 1200 m, 26.4.1992, Franzen (6dd, 2?2, CFO 344-351); Prov. Corum: Paßhöhe 23km W Corum (Straße nach Iskilip), 1100 m, 18.4.1999, Franzen (1439, 822, CFO 22- 43); Prov. Amasya: Yaylayolu (N Zile), 1400 m, 19.4. 1999, Franzen (13, 2??, CFO 401-403); Prov. Tokat: Paßhöhe westlich Almus, 1050 m, 19.4.1999, Franzen (338, 122, CFO 404-407); NO Yagmurlu (S Niksar), 850 m, 19.4.1999, Franzen (738, 422, CFO 408-418); Stra- ße Niksar-Tokat, Anstieg zur Paßhöhe S Niksar, 400 m, 20.4.1999, Franzen (1034, 1122, CFO 1-21); Prov. De- nizli: 2,5 km NO Kale, 850 m, 15.4.1997, Franzen (1055, 1022, CFO 166-185); 1 km N Civril, 1000 m, 17.4.1998, Franzen (838, 722, CFO 150-164); 3 km N Civril, 1000 m, 17.4.1998, Franzen (1?, CFO 165); Prov. Isparta: Paßhö- he oberhalb Keciborlu (23km SO Dinar), 1100 m, 17.4. 1998, Franzen (53d, 15?2?, CFO 91-110); Davraz dag oberhalb Yukarıgökdere, 1650 m, 16.4.1998, Franzen (333, CFO 200-202); Südostufer Kovada Gölü, 1000 m, 16.4.1998, Franzen (1?, CFO 199); zwischen Akbelenli und Asagıgökdere, 1100 m, 16.4.1998, Franzen (486, 922, CFO 186-198); Prov. Konya: ca. 20 km SW Bey- sehir (Straße nach Yesildag), 1230 m, 15.4.1998, Franzen (233, CFO 352-353); Prov. Antalya: Yazır (ca. 12 km SO Korkuteli), 900 m, 14.4.1997, Franzen (338, 522, CFO 375-382); 3 km N Tasagıl (O Serik), 50 m, 14.4.1997, Fran- zen (5dd, 12, CFO 131-136); SW Gengler (O Manavgat), 400 m, 13.4.1997, Franzen (838, 522, CFO 137-149); Prov. Karaman: ca. 17km SSO Karaman, Straße nach Lale, 1400-1500 m, 14.4.1998 und 27.4.1992, Franzen (1033, 1022, CFO 111-130). Homodela ismenia kilikiensis - Prov. Antakya (Hatay): Antakya-Burgberg, 450 m, 2.4.1998 und 5.4.1997, Fran- zen & Gruber (8dd, 422, CFO 354-365); zwischen Isken- derun und Belen, 280 m, 2.4.1998, Franzen & Gruber (1033, 1322, CFO 44-66); Prov. Kilis: 3km W Gülbaba (Martavan; zwischen Hassa und Kilis), 700 m, 4.-5.4. 1998, Franzen & Gruber (6dd, CFO 383-388); Prov. Kahramanmaras: 9km SW Pazarcık, 700 m, 6.4.1998, Franzen & Gruber (113d, 1122, CFO 253-274); 12 km NO Pazarcık, 900 m, 17.4.1998, Schmidtler & Schmidtler (12, CFO 292); 21km NO Pazarcık, 900 m, 6.4.1998, Franzen & Gruber (788, 1022, CFO 275-291); Prov. Adıyaman: ca. 7 km S Gölbası, 900 m, 12.4.1982, Bern- hauer (3??: CFO 293, CHS 432-433). Syrien: Zainie, 45km NO Latakia, 30.4.1982, Brodsky (233, CFO 366- 367). Homodela ismenia walterheinzi — Prov. Malatya: Kar- anlık dere 15 km NO Gölbası, 800 m, 2.5.1999, Franzen (15, CFO 294); 8km NO Dogansehir, 1100 m, 2.5.1999, Franzen (13, 222, CFO 295-297); Karahan-Paß, Ostseite, 1700 m, 30.4.1999, Franzen (333, 222, CFO 298-302); Prov. Bingöl: Kuruca-Paß, 1800 m, 19.5.1977, /Bernhauer (1?, CFO 430); Umgebung Kuruca-Paß (W Bingöl), 1800 m, 18.4.1989, Heinz (233, 12, CHS 425-427); Bila- loglu W Bingöl, ca. 1200 m, 20.4.1992, Heinz (12, CHS 420); 63km O Bingöl, 28.5.1994, Pavesi (1d, CGR 419); Prov. Mus: Buglan-Paß bei Solhan, ca. 1700 m, 30.4.1989, Heinz (438, 12: CHS 421-423, CFO 428-429); Prov. Van: ca. 24km W Tatvan, 1600 m, 2.5.1989, Heinz (1d, CHS 424). Übergangsformen - Prov. Nigde: Ikm N Aktoprak (S Ulukısla), 1600 m, 13.4.1998, Franzen (12?, CFO 368); Prov. Icel (Mersin): Camlıyayla (Ort), 1100 m, 11.4.1998, Franzen (3??, CFO 369-371); NO Darıpınarı (O Camlı- yayla), 400 m, 9.4.1997, Franzen (3??, CFO 372-374); Prov. Adana: Umgebung Tufanbeyli, ca. 1200 m, 10.4. 1976, 23.6.1976, 20.4.1978, 19.4.1980, Heinz (533, 328, CHS 437-446); Prov. Osmaniye: 5km N Hieropolis- Castabala (N Osmaniye), 75 m, 7.4.1997, Franzen (1555, 1522, CFO 203-232); Prov. Osmaniye: ca. 15km NO Kadirli, 450 m, 9.4.1998, Franzen & Gruber (2dd, 229, CFO 303-306); nahe Straßenkreuzung Richtung Kaypak (NW Fevsipasa), 680 m, 8.4.1998, Franzen & Gruber (533, 722, CFO 389-400); Nurdagı-Paß O Hasanbeyli, 1200 m, 8.4.1998, Franzen & Gruber (1033, 1022, CFO 233-252); Prov. Kahramanmaras: ca. 10 km S Andırın, 600 m, 9.4.1998, Franzen & Gruber (13, CFO 313); ca. 5 km SS Andırın, 600 m, 9.4.1998, Franzen & Gruber (2, 622, CFO 314-321); oberhalb Yenicekale, 1050 m, 1.5. 1992, Franzen (18, 52?, CFO 307-312); große Ova ober- halb Yenicekale (W Kahramanmaras), ca. 1200 m, 22.4. 1996, Heinz (12, CHS 431); ca. 20 km NW Kahramanma- ras, 500 m, 7.4.1998, Franzen & Gruber (13, 17, CFO 67- 68); Kürtül köyü ca. 22km NW Kahramanmaras, ca. 500 m, 14.4.1992, Heinz (12, CFO 435); ca. 25 km NW Kahramanmaras, 750 m, 7.4.1998, Franzen & Gruber (18, 12, CFO 69-70); ca. 27km NW Kahramanmaras, 500 m, 7.4.1998, Franzen & Gruber (18, 12, CFO 71-72); ca. 30km NW Kahramanmaras, 580 m, 7.4.1998, Fran- zen & Gruber (83d, 322, CFO 76-86); Fırnız cayı, ca. 45km N Kahramanmaras, 830 m, 7.4.1998, Franzen & Gruber (238, 12, CFO 73-75); N Tekir, 1000 m, 7.4.1998, Franzen & Gruber (1d, 322, CFO 87-90); 20km 5 Göksun, 1450 m, 13.4.1982, Bernhauer (3?2, CHS 436- 438); zwischen Göksun und Elbistan, 1250 m, 10.4.1976, Heinz (18, CHS 434). 287 Buchbesprechungen 38. Duellman, W. E. (Hrsg.). Patterns of distribution of amphibians. A global perspective. — The Johns Hop- kins University Press, Baltimore and London, 1999. 633 S., zahlr. Textabb. ISBN 0-8018-6115-2 Ein Team international führender Amphibienspezialis- ten hat im vorliegenden Buch Daten zur Verbreitung und Diversität von Amphibien zusammengestellt. Nach einem einführenden Kapitel aus der Feder W. E. Duell- mans, das eine globale Perspektive auf Verbreitungs- muster, Schutz und zukünftige Aufgaben bietet, wird der Hauptteil des Buches durch regional orientierte Bei- träge ausgemacht. Diese beschäftigen sich mit der neark- tischen Region (W E. Duellman & S. S. Sweet), Mittel- amerika (J. A. Campbell), Westindien (S. B. Hedges), Palaearktis (L.]J. Borkin), dem gemäßigten Ostasien (Zhao Er-mi), dem tropischen Asien (R. F. Inger), Schwarzafri- ka, Madagaskar und den Seychellen (J. C. Poynton) so- wie mit der australischen Region (M. ]. Tyler). In den regionalen Bearbeitungen werden jeweils The- men wie etwa Biogeographie, palaeogeographische As- pekte, Verbreitungsmuster, Zusammensetzung und Ver- wandtschaftsbeziehungen der aktuellen Faunen sowie Diversität oder Identifizierung von amphibienkundlich bedeutsamen “key areas” vorgestellt und diskutiert. Zu- sätzlich finden sich länderbezogene oder regionale Ar- tenlisten. Unterstützt werden die Beiträge jeweils von vielen Kartendarstellungen, Diagrammen und Tabellen, die durchweg sehr hilfreich, übersichtlich und anspre- chend gestaltet sind. Der insgesamt hervorragende Gesamteindruck des Buches wird beim genaueren Durchlesen der Bearbei- tung der Palaearktis von L. J. Borkin etwas relativiert. Hier fallen einige Ungenauigkeiten und nicht nachvoll- ziehbare Aussagen auf: So wird beispielsweise einerseits zur Begründung eines kleinflächigen Diversitätszentrums im nordwestlichen Kaukasus eine Artenzusammenset- zung angeführt, die durchaus typisch für ein wesentlich größeres Gebiet im südlichen Kaukasus und in Trans- kaukasien ist. Andererseits fragt man sich, warum für die gesamte arabische Halbinsel keine “key areas” (Kri- terien: hohe Diversität und/oder Vorhandensein von Endemiten) angeführt werden, obwohl hier ja im südli- chen Saudi-Arabien und Jemen Gebiete mit Reliktvor- kommen von Hyla savigny und Grünfröschen (neben arabischen Endemiten) geradezu herausragend sind. Diese Läßlichkeiten wären nicht weiter erwähnens- wert, wäre es nicht zu erwarten und zu wünschen, daß das Buch auch längerfristig zu dem Referenzwerk der Biodiversitätsforschung und des globalen Naturschut- 288 zes würde. Es wurde auf der Basis einer enormen Daten- fülle und einer insgesamt hohen fachlichen Qualität ein Standardwerk geschaffen, das als Instrument der Bioge- ographie unverzichtbar ist. M. Franzen 39. Brandstätter, F. Die Sandrennattern. -— Die Neue Brehm Bücherei Bd. 636, Westarp Wissenschaften, Magdeburg, 1996. 142 S., 2 Farbtaf., 30 Textabb., 29 Verbreitungskarten, ISBN 3-89432-429-5 Das Buch widmet sich einer hierzulande vielfach unbe- achteten Schlangengruppe, den Sandrennattern der Gat- tung Psammophis. Nach einführenden Kapiteln oder Unterkapiteln, die kurz die systematische Einordnung der Gattung, ihre Biologie, Paläontologie, Ökologie und Haltung behandeln und einen Bestimmungsschlüssel enthalten, werden im Hauptteil des Buches in kurzen Artkapiteln alle Arten und Unterarten (insgesamt 29 Taxa) vorgestellt. Hier werden jeweils Informationen zur Morphologie, Verbreitung (mit Verbreitungskarten) und Lebensräumen gegeben. Zusätzlich illustrieren Schwarz-weiß-Aufnahmen viele Arten, beziehungswei- se deren morphologische Details. In einem abschließen- den Kapitel werden dann noch kurz die Psammophis phylogenetisch nahestehenden Gattungen Dipsina, Drom- ophis, Hemirhagerrhis, Malpolon, Mimophis, Psammophylax und Rhamphiophis vorgestellt. In einem Anhang findet sich schließlich eine zusätzliche Checkliste der Gattung mit etymologischen und nomenklatorischen Kommen- taren. Das Buch stellt die einzige Monographie der Gat- tung dar und darf schon allein deshalb in keiner Biblio- thek fehlen, deren Benutzer sich der afrikanischen oder westasiatischen Reptilienfauna widmen. Der aus meiner Sicht einzige Kritikpunkt betrifft die Bebilderung des Buches. Zwar kann man erkennen, daß sich der Autor Mühe gemacht hat, viele der Arten, auch im Detail, abzubilden. Die Qualität und vor allem die Reproduktion der Fotos ist aber nicht optimal. Hier hätte man anstelle der vielfach schlecht belichteten und “flau” reproduzierten Fotos von Alkoholmaterial besser auf einfache Zeichnungen zurückgegriffen. Die Texte lassen im gegebenen Rahmen allerdings kaum Wünsche offen. Kurz und prägnant stellen sie eine Kompilierung des bekannten Wissens dar. Insofern ist das Buch sowohl ein idealer Einstieg, als auch die Informationsquelle zur Gattung. M. Franzen SPIXIANA - Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA - Journal of Zoology herausgegeben von der published by Zoologischen Staatssammlung München The Zoological State Collection Munich SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. Ein Jahresabonnement kostet € 60. Supplementbände werden gesondert nach Umfang berechnet. Mitglieder der “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” können die Zeitschrift zum ermäßigten Preis von € 25,50 beziehen. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Annual subscription rate is € 60 or any internationally convertible currency in the value of € 60. Supplements are charged at special rates depending on the number of printed pages. Members of the “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” may order the journal at the reduced rate of € 25.50. Bestellungen sind zu richten an die Orders should be addressed to the library of the Zoologische Staatssammlung München Münchhausenstraße 21 D-81247 München Hinweise für Autoren Die Manuskripte sollen in zweifacher Ausfertigung eingereicht werden. Sie sollen einseitig und weitzeilig mit mindestens vier cm breitem Rand geschrieben sein. Sie müssen den allgemeinen Bedingungen für die Abfassung wissenschaftlicher Manuskripte entsprechen. Für die Form der Manuskripte ist die jeweils letzte Ausgabe der SPIXIANA maßgebend und genau zu beachten. Eine englische Zusammenfassung ist der Arbeit voranzustellen. Tabellen und Abbildungsvorlagen sind gesondert beizufügen. Der Gesamtumfang eines Bei- trages sollte nicht mehr als 2 Druckbogen (32 Druckseiten) umfassen. Manuskripte auf Computerdisketten werden bevorzugt. In diesem Falle müssen die Diskette und zwei gedruckte Exemplare eingereicht werden. Der Text sollte keine Absatzformatierungen enthalten, die Tabellen sollten aber mit Tabulatoren formatiert sein. Gattungs- und Artnamen können kursiv gesetzt werden. Von der Verwendung anderer Zeichenformatierungen ist abzusehen. Anstelle von ? und 4 sollte eine Zeichenkombi- nation, welche im Text sonst nicht vorkommt, z. B. ‘#w’ und ‘#m’, verwendet werden. Es sollten 3,5" Disketten, lesbar auf IBM-kompatiblen Computern, eingereicht werden. Die Texte sollten möglichst als WINWORD-Datei abgegeben werden. Die Herausgabe dieser Zeitschrift erfolgt ohne gewerblichen Gewinn. Mitarbeiter und Herausgeber erhalten kein Honorar. Die Autoren erhalten 1 Heft mit ihrer Arbeit. Sonderdrucke werden nach Wunsch gegen Rechnung angefertigt. Die Bestellung muß bei Rückgabe der Fahnenkorrektur erfolgen. Notice to Contributors: The manuscript should be presented in two complete copies. It must be typed on one side of the paper only and double spaced with a margin of at least four centimetres. It should correspond to the universal composition of scientific manuscripts. The form should observe the SPIXIANA standard outlay set up in the previous issue. An English abstract should precede the paper. Tables, graphs and illustrations must be enclosed separately. The total text of a contribution should not exceed two galley proofs (32 printed pages). Manuscripts on word processor discs are preferred. The floppy disc with text (and graphic-files, if present) and two hard copies shoud be send to the Editor. Do not format the text, except for italics (for names of genera and species) and tabs (only for tables !). Instead of 2 and d use ‘#f' and ‘#m’ or any other combinations of signs which do not occur elsewhere in the text. The text should be on 3.5" discs, readable on IBM-compatibles. WINWORD-files are preferred. The publication of this journal ensues without material profit. Co-workers and publishers receive no payment. The authors will receive 1 copy ofthe part of the volume in which their paper appears. Reprints must be ordered when the proofs are returned. 31. € 179,-; USD 195.-; GBP 120.-; 32. € 195,-; 33. GBP 40.-; 34. DFL 425; USD 255.-; GBP 149.-; 35. DM 98,-; 36. € 29,90; 37. € 22,80; 38. USD 70.-; 39. DM 39,90. ITUTION LIBRARIES nilNlÄNNI IN Il 260 4989 | SPIXIANA 193-288 München, 01. November 2003 ISSN 0341-8391 INHALT - CONTENTS Seite Hausmann, A. (ed.): Proceedings of the FORUM HERBULOT 2003. Geometridae of the Indo-Pacific region and Australia: Inventories, evolution, coloniza- tion, Gondwana distributions (Zoologische Staatssammlung Mün- chen, 18:-14.3:2008) 2. ee BER BE 193-208 Unsöld, M & R. R. Melzer: Myriapoda aus der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München: Die Scutigeromorpha der Sammlung Verhoeff (Chilopoda, Notostig- mMOophora)...us....: 000. 209-216 Btaszak, C., R. Ehrnsberger, R. & M. Skoracki: Die Milben in der Zoologischen Staats- sammlung München. Teil 4. Gattung: Saprolaelaps Leitner, 1946 (Acari: Gamasida: Halolaelapidae) .....................uuu..4444400044 nennen nenn 217-220 Weigmann, G. & M. Murvanidze: Contribution to the Oribatid Mite Fauna of Georgia. 2. Carabodes and Lamellocepheus (Acari, Oribatida) ........................- 221-226 Karanovic, |.: The genus Kovalenskiella Klein, 1963 from the ground waters of Greece, with description of Kovalenskiella dani, spec. nov., and a key to world recent species (Crustacea, Ostracoda, Limnocyther- idae) ... Laie EL ELLE EEE 227-242 Vieira-Lanero, R., M. A. Gonzälez & F. Cobo: The larvae of Polycentropus corniger McLachlan, 1884 and Polycentropus intricatus Morton, 1910 (Insec- ta, Trichoptera, Polycentropodidae, Polycentropodinae) ................- 243-247 Baehr, M.: A revision of the brunnea-group of the genus Dicraspeda Chaudoir (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Odacanthinae) ...........................-- 249-267 Fehse, D.: Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Ovulidae XIll. Pseudosimnia flava, spec. nov. und Aperiovula juanjosensii Perez & Gomez, 1987 aus dem Bathyal des Zentralatlantiks (Mollusca, Gastropoda) .....................- 269-275 Franzen, M.: Taxonomische Revision von Homodela ismenia (Gory, 1833), mit Beschreibung einer neuen Unterart aus der Südost-Türkei (Insecta, Coleoptera, .Gieindelidae).:... ur Ars... 277-287 Buchbesprechüungen .......... a0." a A a EEE... 2ER 248, 268, 276, 288